US20230026713A1 - Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets - Google Patents

Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20230026713A1
US20230026713A1 US17/956,416 US202217956416A US2023026713A1 US 20230026713 A1 US20230026713 A1 US 20230026713A1 US 202217956416 A US202217956416 A US 202217956416A US 2023026713 A1 US2023026713 A1 US 2023026713A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
droplets
surfactant
oil
droplet
fluid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/956,416
Inventor
Felix Kleinschmidt
Andrew David Griffiths
Francois Caron
Abdeslam El Harrak
Eric Brouzes
Darren Roy Link
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Universite de Strasbourg
Bio Rad Laboratories Inc
Original Assignee
Universite de Strasbourg
Bio Rad Laboratories Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Universite de Strasbourg, Bio Rad Laboratories Inc filed Critical Universite de Strasbourg
Priority to US17/956,416 priority Critical patent/US20230026713A1/en
Publication of US20230026713A1 publication Critical patent/US20230026713A1/en
Assigned to BIO-RAD LABORATORIES, INC. reassignment BIO-RAD LABORATORIES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: RAINDANCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Assigned to RAINDANCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. reassignment RAINDANCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BROUZES, ERIC, LINK, DARREN R.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N1/00Sampling; Preparing specimens for investigation
    • G01N1/28Preparing specimens for investigation including physical details of (bio-)chemical methods covered elsewhere, e.g. G01N33/50, C12Q
    • G01N1/38Diluting, dispersing or mixing samples
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N15/00Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
    • G01N15/10Investigating individual particles
    • G01N15/14Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
    • G01N15/1456Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry without spatial resolution of the texture or inner structure of the particle, e.g. processing of pulse signals
    • G01N15/1459Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry without spatial resolution of the texture or inner structure of the particle, e.g. processing of pulse signals the analysis being performed on a sample stream
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/5302Apparatus specially adapted for immunological test procedures
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2200/00Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
    • B01L2200/06Fluid handling related problems
    • B01L2200/0647Handling flowable solids, e.g. microscopic beads, cells, particles
    • B01L2200/0652Sorting or classification of particles or molecules
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2200/00Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
    • B01L2200/06Fluid handling related problems
    • B01L2200/0673Handling of plugs of fluid surrounded by immiscible fluid
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0809Geometry, shape and general structure rectangular shaped
    • B01L2300/0816Cards, e.g. flat sample carriers usually with flow in two horizontal directions
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0861Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
    • B01L2300/0864Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices comprising only one inlet and multiple receiving wells, e.g. for separation, splitting
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0861Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
    • B01L2300/0867Multiple inlets and one sample wells, e.g. mixing, dilution
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/04Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
    • B01L2400/0403Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces
    • B01L2400/0415Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces electrical forces, e.g. electrokinetic
    • B01L2400/0424Dielectrophoretic forces
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/04Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
    • B01L2400/0403Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces
    • B01L2400/0469Buoyancy
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/08Regulating or influencing the flow resistance
    • B01L2400/084Passive control of flow resistance
    • B01L2400/086Passive control of flow resistance using baffles or other fixed flow obstructions
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502761Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip specially adapted for handling suspended solids or molecules independently from the bulk fluid flow, e.g. for trapping or sorting beads, for physically stretching molecules
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502769Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by multiphase flow arrangements
    • B01L3/502784Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by multiphase flow arrangements specially adapted for droplet or plug flow, e.g. digital microfluidics
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L7/00Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices
    • B01L7/52Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices with provision for submitting samples to a predetermined sequence of different temperatures, e.g. for treating nucleic acid samples
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12MAPPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
    • C12M25/00Means for supporting, enclosing or fixing the microorganisms, e.g. immunocoatings
    • C12M25/01Drops
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N15/00Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
    • G01N15/10Investigating individual particles
    • G01N15/14Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
    • G01N15/149Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry specially adapted for sorting particles, e.g. by their size or optical properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N15/00Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
    • G01N15/10Investigating individual particles
    • G01N2015/1006Investigating individual particles for cytology

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to systems and methods to create stable emulsions with low rates of exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • Each of these patents and publications is incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
  • microfluidic technologies cannot be reliably used for applications involving minute quantities of reagent; for example, bioassays on single cells or library searches involving single beads are not easily performed.
  • essentially all enabling technology for microfluidic systems developed thus far has focused on single phase fluid flow and there are few equivalent active means to manipulate droplets requiring the development of droplet handling technology. While significant advances have been made in dynamics at the macro- or microfluidic scale, improved techniques and the results of these techniques are still needed. For example, as the scale of these reactors shrinks, contamination effects due to surface adsorption and diffusion limit the smallest quantities that can be used.
  • Droplets provide the ideal microcapsule that can isolate reactive materials, cells, or small particles for further manipulation and study.
  • the present invention overcomes the current limitations in the field by providing apparatuses and methods for stabilizing droplets against coalescence and to prevent, or limit, the exchange of molecules between droplets to perform various biological and chemical assays efficiently and effectively, especially at high speeds.
  • the present invention provides a method which includes: (a) providing within a carrier fluid a plurality of microdroplets including a first microdroplet including a first biological or chemical material and a second microdroplet including a second biological or chemical material, where the carrier fluid is immiscible with the first microdroplet and second microdroplet and includes a first oil and a first surfactant at a first concentration within the first oil; (b) changing the carrier fluid, in the presence of the plurality of microdroplets, by changing (i) some or all of the first oil for a second oil, (ii) some or all of the first surfactant for a second surfactant, (iii) the first concentration to a second concentration, or any combination of (i), (ii) and/or (iii).
  • the method can further include step (c): providing a microfluidic device and where step (a) further includes providing the plurality of microdroplets and the carrier fluid in the microfluidic device and/or step (b) further includes changing the carrier fluid within the microfluidic device.
  • the first biological or chemical material and/or the second biological or chemical material can include a tissue, cell, particle, protein, antibody, amino acid, nucleotide, small molecule, pharmaceutical, and/or label.
  • the first concentration is sufficient to stabilize the microdroplets against coalescing with each other in the first carrier fluid.
  • the first concentration prevents coalescence of the microdroplets.
  • the first concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the microdroplets over a time frame determined by a reaction and/or detection of the one or more biological and/or chemical materials.
  • the second concentration is sufficient to reduce exchange of the first biological or chemical material from the first microdroplet to the second microdroplet, or of the second biological or chemical material from the second microdroplet to the first microdroplet.
  • the second concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the droplets over a time frame determined by generation and/or use of the first microdroplet and the second microdroplet in one or more libraries.
  • Step (b) can include changing the first concentration to the second concentration at least in part by providing the second oil substantially free of the first surfactant.
  • the present invention also provides a method including: (a) generating a plurality of aqueous microdroplets in a continuous phase in a microfluidic device, where the first continuous phase includes a high concentration of a surfactant; and (b) exchanging the first continuous phase containing the high concentration of surfactant for a second continuous phase containing no surfactant or a reduced concentration of surfactant.
  • Step (b) can be performed within the microfluidic device.
  • Step (b) can be accomplished, at least in part, by shifting the microdroplets from the first continuous phase into a stream of the second continuous phase.
  • the shifting can be accomplished by using obstacles, changing channel depth, by dielectrophoresis, or by buoyancy.
  • FIG. 1 contains a photograph and accompanying schematic illustrating an actively controlled oil exchange apparatus.
  • FIG. 2 contains a graph showing the exchange of small fluorescent molecules between droplets within a microfluidic device.
  • FIG. 3 contains a schematic illustrating a passive droplet shifting exchange chamber.
  • FIG. 4 contains several schematics and accompanying photographs illustrating several different obstacle/pillar designs for passive droplet shifting.
  • FIG. 5 contains several schematics and accompanying photographs illustrating several different obstacle/pillar ladder designs for passive droplet shifting.
  • FIG. 6 contains a schematic and accompanying photographs illustrating a surfactant filter design for passive droplet shifting.
  • FIG. 7 contains several schematics and accompanying photographs illustrating a three-dimensional shifting design (Panel A) and a dielectrophoresis shifting design for passive droplet shifting.
  • FIG. 8 contains several schematics illustrating an external reservoir design for passive droplet shifting.
  • microdroplets in water-in-oil emulsions as microreactors: the droplets have volumes 10 3 to 10 9 times smaller than the smallest working volume in a microtitre plate well.
  • IVC in vitro compartmentalization
  • emulsion PCR Other applications rapidly followed, notably massively parallel PCR of single DNA molecules (emulsion PCR).
  • the principle of emulsion PCR is to divide a normal PCR mixture between the aqueous droplets of a water-in-oil emulsion such that there is, in most cases, not more than one template DNA molecule per droplet (Dressman et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 100: 8817-8822, 2003; Nakano et al., J Biotechnol 102: 117-124, 2003).
  • the emulsion is then thermo-cycled and each template DNA molecules is amplified in a separate droplet.
  • Emulsion PCR is also the system used for two commercial ‘next-generation’ ultra-high-throughput DNA sequencing systems, the Genome Sequencer FLX (Roche) and SOLiD (ABI) systems (Mardis, E. R., Trends Genet 24: 133-141, 2008).
  • microfluidic systems consist of networks of channels of typically 10-100 ⁇ m diameter. Small quantities of reagents can be brought together in a specific sequence, mixed and allowed to react for a specified time in a controlled region of the reactor channel network using electrokinetic and/or hydrodynamic pumping. These systems are being developed for use in several areas, including diagnostics and organic synthesis (Fletcher et al., Tetrahedron 58: 4735-4757, 2002) and sophisticated microfluidic array chips containing thousands of compartments separated by valves have been created for high-throughput screening (Thorsen et al., Science 298: 580-584, 2002). Commercial microfluidic lab-on-a chip systems already represent a serious competing technology for microtitre plates for certain types of screening applications.
  • Microfluidic modules have been developed which can make highly uniform microdroplets (Umbanhowar et al., Langmuir 16: 347-351, 2000; Thorsen et al., Phys. Rev. Letts. 86: 4163-4166, 2001; Anna et al., Applied Physics Letters 82: 364-366, 2003), fuse droplets (Song et al., 2003; Link et al., Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 45: 2556-2560, 2006), mix the contents (Song, H., and Ismagilov, R.
  • Droplet-based microfluidic systems have potential applications in many areas, including, but not limited to, organic and inorganic synthesis, protein engineering, directed evolution, high-throughput screening for drug discovery, screening and directed evolution of antibodies and antibody fragments, diagnostics and sequencing.
  • microdroplets in order to use microdroplets as independent microreactors it is essential that the microdroplets are stable over the time of the experiment and, in some cases, it is necessary to prevent or limit the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • many biological assays are based on the generation of fluorescent molecules, which must remain within the droplet where such molecules are produced.
  • the chemical compounds being tested must remain within the droplet in which they are encapsulated.
  • the droplets In droplet-based microfluidic experiments the droplets have to be stabilized against coalescence upon first contact. This is achieved by adding surface active components, surfactants, to the mixture.
  • the role of the surfactants is to act against the a-priori metastable state of a macro-emulsion.
  • stabilization of the emulsion is a function of both the time required for the surfactant molecules move to the interface and the concentration of the surfactant (Baret et al., Langmuir 25: 6088-6093, 2009).
  • the flow focusing junction is the singular place where droplets are formed and therefore all coalescence event afterwards are irreversible.
  • the surfactants in use in microfluidic setups are usually solubilized in the continuous phase and their hydrophilic head group is designed to be very hydrophilic. From these specific constraints follow two consequences: first the molecules show a very low critical micellar concentration (CMC) and second they are present at high concentration to rapidly stabilize the droplet interface. Thus, it is frequently necessary to work at concentrations of about 200 times the CMC which leads to a large excess of surfactant molecules in the continuous phase. A consequence of the presence of these micelles is that small molecules, while not being soluble in the oil phase alone, may interact with the excess surfactant and therefore enter the continuous phase and eventually exchange from one droplet to another.
  • CMC critical micellar concentration
  • fluorinated oil as the continuous phase since fluorinated liquids are both hydro- and lipophobic and by suitably choosing the oil, partitioning can be completely removed.
  • Non-fluorinated molecules are essentially completely insoluble in and immiscible in perfluorocarbon carrier oils (Hudlicky, M., and Pavlath, A. E., Chemistry of Organic Fluorine Compounds IL A Critical Review. (Washington: American Chemical Society). 52, 1997; Li et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 103: 19243-19248, 2009).
  • the second mechanisms of leakage is a carrier based transport via micelles.
  • the present invention addresses these problems in the art by providing methods and systems for removing, or at least reducing, the number of micelles in the continuous phase after surfactant-stabilized droplets have been produced by flow focusing within the microfluidic device.
  • the present invention provides a method which includes: (a) providing within a carrier fluid a plurality of microdroplets including a first microdroplet including a first biological or chemical material and a second microdroplet including a second biological or chemical material, where the carrier fluid is immiscible with the first microdroplet and second microdroplet and includes a first oil and a first surfactant at a first concentration within the first oil; (b) changing the carrier fluid, in the presence of the plurality of microdroplets, by changing (i) some or all of the first oil for a second oil, (ii) some or all of the first surfactant for a second surfactant, (iii) the first concentration to a second concentration, or any combination of (i), (ii) and/or (iii).
  • the method can further include step (c): providing a microfluidic device and where step (a) further includes providing the plurality of microdroplets and the carrier fluid in the microfluidic device and/or step (b) further includes changing the carrier fluid within the microfluidic device.
  • the first biological or chemical material and/or the second biological or chemical material can include a tissue, cell, particle, protein, antibody, amino acid, nucleotide, small molecule, pharmaceutical, and/or label.
  • the first concentration is sufficient to stabilize the microdroplets against coalescing with each other in the first carrier fluid.
  • the first concentration prevents coalescence of the microdroplets.
  • the first concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the microdroplets over a time frame determined by a reaction and/or detection of the one or more biological and/or chemical materials.
  • the second concentration is sufficient to reduce exchange of the first biological or chemical material from the first microdroplet to the second microdroplet, or of the second biological or chemical material from the second microdroplet to the first microdroplet.
  • the second concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the droplets over a time frame determined by generation and/or use of the first microdroplet and the second microdroplet in one or more libraries.
  • Step (b) can include changing the first concentration to the second concentration at least in part by providing the second oil substantially free of the first surfactant.
  • the present invention also provides a method including: (a) generating a plurality of aqueous microdroplets in a continuous phase in a microfluidic device, where the first continuous phase includes a high concentration of a surfactant; and (b) exchanging the first continuous phase containing the high concentration of surfactant for a second continuous phase containing no surfactant or a reduced concentration of surfactant.
  • Step (b) can be performed within the microfluidic device.
  • Step (b) can be accomplished, at least in part, by shifting the microdroplets from the first continuous phase into a stream of the second continuous phase.
  • the shifting can be accomplished by using obstacles, changing channel depth, by dielectrophoresis, or by buoyancy.
  • the present invention provides a method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the immiscible second fluid, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant, wherein the surfactant prevents coalescence between the droplets; and reducing the concentration of the surfactant in the immiscible second fluid, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • the present invention also provides a method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; and reducing the concentration of the surfactant in the second fluid, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • the present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including a channel; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within the microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; removing the second fluid including at least one surfactant from the microfluidic channel; and providing an third fluid substantially free of surfactants to the microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • the present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a third fluid substantially free of surfactants to within a second microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; providing a droplet exchange region wherein the at least first channel and the at least second channels merge, wherein the region comprises at least one obstacle; and permitting the plurality of droplets to flow from the second fluid including at least one surfactant to the third fluid substantially free of surfactants, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • the present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a third fluid substantially free of surfactants to within a second microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; providing a droplet exchange region wherein the at least first channel and the at least second channels merge, wherein the region comprises a filter; and permitting the plurality of droplets to flow from the second fluid including at least one surfactant to the third fluid substantially free of surfactants, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • the present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a third fluid substantially free of surfactants to within a second microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; providing a droplet exchange region wherein the at least first channel and the at least second channels merge, wherein the region comprises increased channel dimensions; and directing the plurality of droplets to flow in the increased channel dimensions from the second fluid including at least one surfactant to the third fluid substantially free of surfactants, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • the present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a third fluid substantially free of surfactants to within a second microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; providing a droplet exchange region wherein the at least first channel and the at least second channels merge, wherein the region comprises an electric field; and inducing dipoles within the droplets of the plurality to direct the flow of the droplets from the second fluid including at least one surfactant to the third fluid substantially free of surfactants, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between drop
  • the present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a reservoir in fluidic communication with the first microfluidic channel, wherein the reservoir comprises a third fluid substantially free of surfactants, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; directing the plurality of droplets into a first end of the reservoir; continuously providing the third fluid substantially free of surfactants to the reservoir including the droplets; removing the droplets from a second end of the reservoir, wherein the first and second ends are opposing; directing the droplets from the reservoir to a second
  • the first fluid is preferably an aqueous fluid.
  • the second fluid and the third fluid can be an oil.
  • the oil is a fluorinated oil.
  • Each droplet in the plurality can include no more than one biological or chemical molecule.
  • each droplet in the plurality includes a plurality of biological or chemical molecules.
  • the biological or chemical molecule is selected from the group consisting of tissues, cells, particles, proteins, antibodies, amino acids, nucleotides, small molecule compounds, and pharmaceuticals.
  • the biological or chemical compound is a small molecule compound of less than 2000 kDa, which is free of nucleic acids or amino acids. More preferably, the biological or chemical compound is a small molecule compound of less than 500 kDa, which is free of nucleic acids or amino acids.
  • the surfactant can be a fluorosurfactant.
  • the fluorosurfactant can be a block copolymer consisting of one or more perfluorinated polyether (PFPE) blocks and one or more polyethylene glycol (PEG) blocks.
  • PFPE perfluorinated polyether
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the fluorosurfactant is a triblock copolymer consisting of a PEG center block covalently bound to two PFPE blocks by amide linking groups.
  • the fluorosurfactant can have a tail comprising a perfluorinated polyether (PFPE) and hydrophilic head comprising dimorpholinophosphate (DMP) or ammonium carboxylate R24 (See, Clausell-Tormos et al., Chem Biol 15: 427-437, 2008; Loeker et al., Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects 214: 143-150, 2003).
  • PFPE perfluorinated polyether
  • DMP dimorpholinophosphate
  • ammonium carboxylate ammonium carboxylate
  • the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 5% surfactants; more preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 1% surfactants; most preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 0.5% surfactants.
  • the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 5% micelles; more preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 1% micelles; most preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 0.5% micelles.
  • the amount of molecules exchanged between droplets is reduced 90%; more preferably, the amount of molecules exchanged between droplets is reduced 95%; most preferably, the amount of molecules exchanged between droplets is reduced 99%.
  • Microdroplets in emulsions can be used as independent microreactors to perform a range of chemical and biological reactions. However, for many applications it is critical to restrict or prevent exchange of molecules between microdroplets.
  • the present invention is a novel system that allows the production of stable emulsions in which there is little or no exchange of molecules between microdroplets.
  • the technique is based on generating aqueous droplets in a oil phase (water-in-oil emulsions) in a microfluidic device using a high concentration of surfactant in the oil phase in order to rapidly stabilize the droplet against coalescence and subsequently exchanging the continuous phase containing the high concentration of surfactant for a continuous phase containing no surfactant, or containing a reduced concentration of surfactant. In this way, stable emulsions can be created in which there is little or no micellar-based transport of molecules between droplets.
  • the surfactant loaded continuous oil phase is replaced with surfactant free oil on a microfluidic chip, this process being actively controlled by pumps.
  • the continuous oil phase is replace at least one time, more preferably at least two times and most preferably at least three times.
  • the laminar flow regime in microfluidic channels is exploited to shift the droplets from the surfactant loaded oil into an adjacent surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil stream.
  • the droplets can be shifted using obstacles, deep channel sections to direct the high buoyancy droplets, or dielectrophoresis.
  • the droplets are directed into a reservoir outside of the microfluidic device which contains surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil.
  • a continuous stream of surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil can be flushed through the reservoir to reduce the surfactant concentration.
  • the reservoir is attached to the top of the microfluidic device, the droplets enter the bottom of the reservoir and the continuous stream of surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil can is flowed into the top of the reservoir permitting the droplets to cream/rise to the top of the reservoir.
  • surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil can be added from the bottom of the reservoir to force the droplets out of the top of the reservoir where they can be rejected into the microfluidic device, where the continuous phase fluid is a surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil.
  • the oil exchanger chamber constitutes only a part of a microfluidic chip, can be combined with other microfluidic modules, and has many possible applications.
  • each droplet contains only a single type of compound from the library (or a small number of different compounds) and there must be little or no exchange of compounds between droplets. Furthermore a code that serves to identify the specific droplet content has to be introduced into each specific droplet. These codes are usually based on fluorophores and thus can exchange similarly.
  • a leaking substrate might even render a specific assay impossible since a fast leaking substrate cannot be converted by a slow enzyme.
  • a leaking fluorophore reduces the dynamic detection range and limits the ability to differentiate subtle differences in enzymatic activity.
  • the oil exchanger chamber can be coupled to surface tension measurements.
  • droplets saturated with one type of surfactant can be transferred to an environment with different surface active components (different surfactants, nano beads, etc.) and the constitutional change of the interface can be followed.
  • Interfacial surfactant desorption dynamics with timescales ranging from millisecond to hours can be studied since the oil exchanger is a unique tool to instantly confront an interface, containing a controlled amount of surfactant, to a surfactant free environment, not possible with other methods.
  • the microfluidic device of the present invention includes one or more analysis units.
  • An “analysis unit” is a microsubstrate, e.g., a microchip.
  • the terms microsubstrate, substrate, microchip, and chip are used interchangeably herein.
  • the analysis unit includes at least one inlet channel, at least one main channel and at least one inlet module.
  • the analysis unit can further include at least one coalescence module.
  • the sorting module can be in fluid communication with branch channels which are in fluid communication with one or more outlet modules (collection module or waste module). For sorting applications, at least one detection module cooperates with at least one sorting module to divert flow via a detector-originated signal.
  • modules and channels are in fluid communication with each other and therefore may overlap; i.e., there may be no clear boundary where a module or channel begins or ends.
  • a plurality of analysis units of the invention may be combined in one device.
  • the dimensions of the substrate are those of typical microchips, ranging between about 0.5 cm to about 15 cm per side and about 1 micron to about 1 cm in thickness.
  • the analysis unit and specific modules are described in further detail in WO 2006/040551; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0005254; WO 2006/040554; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0184489; WO 2004/002627; U.S. Pat. No.
  • various components of the invention can be formed from solid materials, in which the channels can be formed via molding, micromachining, film deposition processes such as spin coating and chemical vapor deposition, laser fabrication, photolithographic techniques, etching methods including wet chemical or plasma processes, and the like. See, for example, Angell, et al., Scientific American, 248:44-55, 1983. At least a portion of the fluidic system can be formed of silicone by molding a silicone chip. Technologies for precise and efficient formation of various fluidic systems and devices of the invention from silicone are known.
  • Various components of the systems and devices of the invention can also be formed of a polymer, for example, an elastomeric polymer such as polydimethylsiloxane (“PDMS”), polytetrafluoroethylene (“PTFE”) or Teflon®, or the like.
  • PDMS polydimethylsiloxane
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • Teflon® Teflon®
  • Silicone polymers are preferred, for example, the silicone elastomer polydimethylsiloxane.
  • Non-limiting examples of PDMS polymers include those sold under the trademark Sylgard by Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Mich., and particularly Sylgard 182, Sylgard 184, and Sylgard 186.
  • Silicone polymers including PDMS have several beneficial properties simplifying formation of the microfluidic structures of the invention. For instance, such materials are inexpensive, readily available, and can be solidified from a prepolymeric liquid via curing with heat.
  • PDMSs are typically curable by exposure of the prepolymeric liquid to temperatures of about, for example, about 65° C. to about 75° C. for exposure times of, for example, about an hour.
  • silicone polymers such as PDMS
  • PDMS polymethyl methacrylate copolymer
  • flexible (e.g., elastomeric) molds or masters can be advantageous in this regard.
  • One advantage of forming structures such as microfluidic structures of the invention from silicone polymers, such as PDMS, is the ability of such polymers to be oxidized, for example by exposure to an oxygen-containing plasma such as an air plasma, so that the oxidized structures contain, at their surface, chemical groups capable of cross-linking to other oxidized silicone polymer surfaces or to the oxidized surfaces of a variety of other polymeric and non-polymeric materials.
  • an oxygen-containing plasma such as an air plasma
  • oxidized silicone such as oxidized PDMS can also be sealed irreversibly to a range of oxidized materials other than itself including, for example, glass, silicon, silicon oxide, quartz, silicon nitride, polyethylene, polystyrene, glassy carbon, and epoxy polymers, which have been oxidized in a similar fashion to the PDMS surface (for example, via exposure to an oxygen-containing plasma).
  • Oxidation and sealing methods useful in the context of the present invention, as well as overall molding techniques, are described in the art, for example, in Duffy et al., “Rapid Prototyping of Microfluidic Systems and Polydimethylsiloxane,” Anal. Chem., 70:474-480, 1998.
  • microfluidic structures of the invention or interior, fluid-contacting surfaces
  • these surfaces can be much more hydrophilic than the surfaces of typical elastomeric polymers (where a hydrophilic interior surface is desired).
  • Such hydrophilic channel surfaces can thus be more easily filled and wetted with aqueous solutions than can structures comprised of typical, unoxidized elastomeric polymers or other hydrophobic materials.
  • the microfluidic substrates of the present invention include channels that form the boundary for a fluid.
  • a “channel,” as used herein, means a feature on or in a substrate that at least partially directs the flow of a fluid.
  • the channel may be formed, at least in part, by a single component, e.g., an etched substrate or molded unit.
  • the channel can have any cross-sectional shape, for example, circular, oval, triangular, irregular, square or rectangular (having any aspect ratio), or the like, and can be covered or uncovered (i.e., open to the external environment surrounding the channel).
  • at least one portion of the channel can have a cross-section that is completely enclosed, and/or the entire channel may be completely enclosed along its entire length with the exception of its inlet and outlet.
  • the channels of the invention can be formed, for example by etching a silicon chip using conventional photolithography techniques, or using a micromachining technology called “soft lithography” as described by Whitesides and Xia, Angewandte Chemie International Edition 37, 550 (1998).
  • An open channel generally will include characteristics that facilitate control over fluid transport, e.g., structural characteristics (an elongated indentation) and/or physical or chemical characteristics (hydrophobicity vs. hydrophilicity) and/or other characteristics that can exert a force (e.g., a containing force) on a fluid.
  • the fluid within the channel may partially or completely fill the channel.
  • the fluid may be held or confined within the channel or a portion of the channel in some fashion, for example, using surface tension (e.g., such that the fluid is held within the channel within a meniscus, such as a concave or convex meniscus).
  • some (or all) of the channels may be of a particular size or less, for example, having a largest dimension perpendicular to fluid flow of less than about 5 mm, less than about 2 mm, less than about 1 mm, less than about 500 microns, less than about 200 microns, less than about 100 microns, less than about 60 microns, less than about 50 microns, less than about 40 microns, less than about 30 microns, less than about 25 microns, less than about 10 microns, less than about 3 microns, less than about 1 micron, less than about 300 nm, less than about 100 nm, less than about 30 nm, or less than about 10 nm or less in some cases.
  • a “main channel” is a channel of the device of the invention which permits the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles past a coalescence module for coalescing one or more droplets, and, if present, a detection module for detection (identification) or measurement of a droplet and a sorting module for sorting a droplet based on the detection in the detection module.
  • the main channel is typically in fluid communication with the coalescence, detection and/or sorting modules, as well as, an inlet channel of the inlet module.
  • the main channel is also typically in fluid communication with an outlet module and optionally with branch channels, each of which may have a collection module or waste module. These channels permit the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles out of the main channel.
  • An “inlet channel” permits the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles into the main channel.
  • One or more inlet channels communicate with one or more means for introducing a sample into the device of the present invention.
  • the inlet channel communicates with the main channel at an inlet module.
  • the microfluidic substrate can also comprise one or more fluid channels to inject or remove fluid in between droplets in a droplet stream for the purpose of changing the spacing between droplets.
  • the channels of the device of the present invention can be of any geometry as described.
  • the channels of the device can comprise a specific geometry such that the contents of the channel are manipulated, e.g., sorted, mixed, prevent clogging, etc.
  • a microfluidic substrate can also include a specific geometry designed in such a manner as to prevent the aggregation of biological/chemical material and keep the biological/chemical material separated from each other prior to encapsulation in droplets.
  • the geometry of channel dimension can be changed to disturb the aggregates and break them apart by various methods, that can include, but is not limited to, geometric pinching (to force cells through a (or a series of) narrow region(s), whose dimension is smaller or comparable to the dimension of a single cell) or a barricade (place a series of barricades on the way of the moving cells to disturb the movement and break up the aggregates of cells).
  • the channels may have a coating which minimizes adhesion.
  • the surface of the channels of the microfluidic device can be coated with any anti-wetting or blocking agent for the dispersed phase.
  • the channel can be coated with any protein to prevent adhesion of the biological/chemical sample.
  • Channels can be coated by any means known in the art. For example, the channels are coated with Teflon®, BSA, PEG-silane and/or fluorosilane in an amount sufficient to prevent attachment and prevent clogging.
  • the channels can be coated with a cyclized transparent optical polymer obtained by copolymerization of perfluoro (alkenyl vinyl ethers), such as the type sold by Asahi Glass Co. under the trademark Cytop.
  • the coating is applied from a 0.1-0.5 wt % solution of Cytop CTL-809M in CT-Solv 180. This solution can be injected into the channels of a microfluidic device via a plastic syringe. The device can then be heated to about 90° C. for 2 hours, followed by heating at 200° C. for an additional 2 hours.
  • the channels can be coated with a hydrophobic coating of the type sold by PPG Industries, Inc.
  • Aquapel e.g., perfluoroalkylalkylsilane surface treatment of plastic and coated plastic substrate surfaces in conjunction with the use of a silica primer layer
  • Aquapel e.g., perfluoroalkylalkylsilane surface treatment of plastic and coated plastic substrate surfaces in conjunction with the use of a silica primer layer
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,523,162 By fluorinating the surfaces of the channels, the continuous phase preferentially wets the channels and allows for the stable generation and movement of droplets through the device.
  • the low surface tension of the channel walls thereby minimizes the accumulation of channel clogging particulates.
  • the surface of the channels in the microfluidic device can be also fluorinated by any means known in the art to prevent undesired wetting behaviors.
  • a microfluidic device can be placed in a polycarbonate dessicator with an open bottle of (tridecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrooctyl)trichlorosilane. The dessicator is evacuated for 5 minutes, and then sealed for 20-40 minutes. The dessicator is then backfilled with air and removed.
  • This approach uses a simple diffusion mechanism to enable facile infiltration of channels of the microfluidic device with the fluorosilane and can be readily scaled up for simultaneous device fluorination.
  • the microfluidic device of the present invention is capable of controlling the direction and flow of fluids and entities within the device.
  • flow means any movement of liquid or solid through a device or in a method of the invention, and encompasses without limitation any fluid stream, and any material moving with, within or against the stream, whether or not the material is carried by the stream.
  • the movement of molecules, beads, cells or virions through a device or in a method of the invention, e.g. through channels of a microfluidic chip of the invention comprises a flow.
  • any force may be used to provide a flow, including without limitation, pressure, capillary action, electro-osmosis, electrophoresis, dielectrophoresis, optical tweezers, and combinations thereof, without regard for any particular theory or mechanism of action, so long as molecules, cells or virions are directed for detection, measurement or sorting according to the invention. Specific flow forces are described in further detail herein.
  • the flow stream in the main channel is typically, but not necessarily, continuous and may be stopped and started, reversed or changed in speed.
  • a liquid that does not contain sample molecules, cells or particles can be introduced into a sample inlet well or channel and directed through the inlet module, e.g., by capillary action, to hydrate and prepare the device for use.
  • buffer or oil can also be introduced into a main inlet region that communicates directly with the main channel to purge the device (e.g., or “dead” air) and prepare it for use.
  • the pressure can be adjusted or equalized, for example, by adding buffer or oil to an outlet module.
  • fluid stream or “fluidic stream” refers to the flow of a fluid, typically generally in a specific direction.
  • the fluidic stream may be continuous and/or discontinuous.
  • a “continuous” fluidic stream is a fluidic stream that is produced as a single entity, e. g., if a continuous fluidic stream is produced from a channel, the fluidic stream, after production, appears to be contiguous with the channel outlet.
  • the continuous fluidic stream is also referred to as a continuous phase fluid or carrier fluid.
  • the continuous fluidic stream may be laminar, or turbulent in some cases.
  • a “discontinuous” fluidic stream is a fluidic stream that is not produced as a single entity.
  • the discontinuous fluidic stream is also referred to as the dispersed phase fluid or sample fluid.
  • a discontinuous fluidic stream may have the appearance of individual droplets or microdroplets, optionally surrounded by a second fluid.
  • the dispersed phase fluid can include a biological/chemical material.
  • the terms “droplet” and “microdroplet” are used interchangeable herein.
  • the biological/chemical material can be tissues, cells, particles, proteins, antibodies, amino acids, nucleotides, small molecules, and pharmaceuticals.
  • the biological/chemical material can include one or more labels known in the art.
  • the label can be an optical label, an enzymatic label or a radioactive label.
  • the label can be any detectable label, e.g., a protein, a DNA tag, a dye, a quantum dot or a radio frequency identification tag, or combinations thereof.
  • the label is an optical label.
  • the label can be detected by any means known in the art.
  • the label is detected by fluorescence polarization, fluorescence intensity, fluorescence lifetime, fluorescence energy transfer, pH, ionic content, temperature or combinations thereof.
  • fluorescence polarization fluorescence intensity, fluorescence lifetime, fluorescence energy transfer, pH, ionic content, temperature or combinations thereof.
  • emulsion refers to a preparation of one liquid distributed in small globules (also referred to herein as drops, droplets or NanoReactors) in the body of a second liquid.
  • the first and second fluids are immiscible with each other.
  • the discontinuous phase can be an aqueous solution and the continuous phase can a hydrophobic fluid such as an oil. This is termed a water in oil emulsion.
  • the emulsion may be a oil in water emulsion.
  • the first liquid, which is dispersed in globules is referred to as the discontinuous phase
  • the second liquid is referred to as the continuous phase or the dispersion medium.
  • the continuous phase can be an aqueous solution and the discontinuous phase is a hydrophobic fluid, such as an oil (e.g., decane, tetradecane, or hexadecane).
  • a hydrophobic fluid such as an oil (e.g., decane, tetradecane, or hexadecane).
  • the droplets or globules of oil in an oil in water emulsion are also referred to herein as “micelles”, whereas globules of water in a water in oil emulsion may be referred to as “reverse micelles”.
  • the fluidic droplets may each be substantially the same shape and/or size.
  • the droplets may be uniform in size.
  • the shape and/or size can be determined, for example, by measuring the average diameter or other characteristic dimension of the droplets.
  • the “average diameter” of a plurality or series of droplets is the arithmetic average of the average diameters of each of the droplets. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to determine the average diameter (or other characteristic dimension) of a plurality or series of droplets, for example, using laser light scattering, microscopic examination, or other known techniques.
  • the diameter of a droplet, in a non-spherical droplet is the mathematically-defined average diameter of the droplet, integrated across the entire surface.
  • the average diameter of a droplet may be, for example, less than about 1 mm, less than about 500 micrometers, less than about 200 micrometers, less than about 100 micrometers, less than about 75 micrometers, less than about 50 micrometers, less than about 25 micrometers, less than about 10 micrometers, or less than about 5 micrometers in some cases.
  • the average diameter may also be at least about 1 micrometer, at least about 2 micrometers, at least about 3 micrometers, at least about 5 micrometers, at least about 10 micrometers, at least about 15 micrometers, or at least about 20 micrometers in certain cases.
  • NanoReactor and its plural encompass the terms “droplet”, “nanodrop”, “nanodroplet”, “microdrop” or “microdroplet” as defined herein, as well as an integrated system for the manipulation and probing of droplets, as described in detail herein.
  • Nanoreactors as described herein can be 0.1-1000 ⁇ m (e.g., 0.1, 0.2 . . . 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 . . . 1000), or any size within this range. Droplets at these dimensions tend to conform to the size and shape of the channels, while maintaining their respective volumes. Thus, as droplets move from a wider channel to a narrower channel they become longer and thinner, and vice versa.
  • the microfluidic substrate of this invention most preferably generate round, highly uniform, monodisperse droplets ( ⁇ 1.5% polydispersity).
  • Droplets and methods of forming monodisperse droplets in microfluidic channels is described in WO 2006/040551; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0005254; WO 2006/040554; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0184489; WO 2004/002627; U.S. Pat. No. 7,708,949; WO 2004/091763; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0163385; WO 2005/021151; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0003442; WO 2006/096571; U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • the droplet forming liquid is typically an aqueous buffer solution, such as ultrapure water (e.g., 18 mega-ohm resistivity, obtained, for example by column chromatography), 10 mM Tris HCl and 1 mM EDTA (TE) buffer, phosphate buffer saline (PBS) or acetate buffer.
  • ultrapure water e.g., 18 mega-ohm resistivity, obtained, for example by column chromatography
  • 10 mM Tris HCl and 1 mM EDTA (TE) buffer phosphate buffer saline (PBS) or acetate buffer.
  • PBS phosphate buffer saline
  • DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide
  • Any liquid or buffer that is physiologically compatible with the population of molecules, cells or particles to be analyzed and/or sorted can be used.
  • the fluid passing through the main channel and in which the droplets are formed is one that is immiscible with the droplet forming fluid.
  • the fluid passing through the main channel can be a non-polar solvent, decane (e.g., tetradecane or hexadecane), fluorocarbon oil, silicone oil or another oil (for example, mineral oil).
  • the droplet may also contain biological/chemical material (e.g., molecules, cells, or other particles) for combination, analysis and/or sorting in the device.
  • biological/chemical material e.g., molecules, cells, or other particles
  • the droplets of the dispersed phase fluid can contain more than one particle or can contain no more than one particle.
  • Droplets of a sample fluid can be formed within the inlet module on the microfluidic device or droplets (or droplet libraries) can be formed before the sample fluid is introduced to the microfluidic device (“off chip” droplet formation).
  • the droplets comprising each sample to be analyzed must be monodisperse.
  • Droplet size must be highly controlled to ensure that droplets containing the correct contents for analysis and coalesced properly.
  • the present invention provides devices and methods for forming droplets and droplet libraries.
  • the fluids used in the invention may contain one or more additives, such as agents which reduce surface tensions (surfactants).
  • Surfactants can include Tween, Span, fluorosurfactants, and other agents that are soluble in oil relative to water.
  • performance is improved by adding a second surfactant to the aqueous phase.
  • Surfactants can aid in controlling or optimizing droplet size, flow and uniformity, for example by reducing the shear force needed to extrude or inject droplets into an intersecting channel. This can affect droplet volume and periodicity, or the rate or frequency at which droplets break off into an intersecting channel.
  • the surfactant can serve to stabilize aqueous emulsions in fluorinated oils from coalescing.
  • the present invention provides compositions and methods to stabilize aqueous droplets in a fluorinated oil and minimize the transport of positively charged reagents (particularly, fluorescent dyes) from the aqueous phase to the oil phase.
  • the droplets may be coated with a surfactant.
  • Preferred surfactants that may be added to the continuous phase fluid include, but are not limited to, surfactants such as sorbitan-based carboxylic acid esters (e.g., the “Span” surfactants, Fluka Chemika), including sorbitan monolaurate (Span 20), sorbitan monopalmitate (Span 40), sorbitan monostearate (Span 60) and sorbitan monooleate (Span 80), and perfluorinated polyethers (e.g., DuPont Krytox 157 FSL, FSM, and/or FSH).
  • surfactants such as sorbitan-based carboxylic acid esters (e.g., the “Span” surfactants, Fluka Chemika), including sorbitan monolaurate (Span 20), sorbitan monopalmitate (Span 40), sorbitan monostearate (Span 60) and sorbitan monooleate (Span 80), and perfluorin
  • non-ionic surfactants which may be used include polyoxyethylenated alkylphenols (for example, nonyl-, p-dodecyl-, and dinonylphenols), polyoxyethylenated straight chain alcohols, polyoxyethylenated polyoxypropylene glycols, polyoxyethylenated mercaptans, long chain carboxylic acid esters (for example, glyceryl and polyglycerol esters of natural fatty acids, propylene glycol, sorbitol, polyoxyethylenated sorbitol esters, polyoxyethylene glycol esters, etc.) and alkanolamines (e.g., diethanolamine-fatty acid condensates and isopropanolamine-fatty acid condensates).
  • alkylphenols for example, nonyl-, p-dodecyl-, and dinonylphenols
  • polyoxyethylenated straight chain alcohols poly
  • ionic surfactants such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) may also be used.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • surfactants are generally less preferably for many embodiments of the invention.
  • a water soluble surfactant such as SDS may denature or inactivate the contents of the droplet.
  • the carrier fluid can be an oil (e.g., decane, tetradecane or hexadecane) or fluorocarbon oil that contains a surfactant (e.g., a non-ionic surfactant such as a Span surfactant) as an additive (preferably between about 0.2 and 5% by volume, more preferably about 2%).
  • a surfactant e.g., a non-ionic surfactant such as a Span surfactant
  • a user can preferably cause the carrier fluid to flow through channels of the microfluidic device so that the surfactant in the carrier fluid coats the channel walls.
  • Fluorocarbon oil continuous phases are well-suited as the continuous phase for aqueous droplet libraries for a number of reasons. Fluorous oils are both hydrophobic and lipophobic. Therefore, they have low solubility for components of the aqueous phase and they limit molecular diffusion between droplets. Also, fluorous oils present an inert interface for chemistry and biology within droplets. In contrast to hydrocarbon or silicone oils, fluorous oils do not swell PDMS materials, which is a convenient material for constructing microfluidic channels. Finally, fluorocarbon oils have good solubility for gases, which is necessary for the viability of encapsulated cells.
  • Combinations of surfactant(s) and oils must be developed to facilitate generation, storage, and manipulation of droplets to maintain the unique chemical/biochemical/biological environment within each droplet of a diverse library. Therefore, the surfactant and oil combination must (1) stabilize droplets against uncontrolled coalescence during the drop forming process and subsequent collection and storage, (2) minimize transport of any droplet contents to the oil phase and/or between droplets, and (3) maintain chemical and biological inertness with contents of each droplet (e.g., no adsorption or reaction of encapsulated contents at the oil-water interface, and no adverse effects on biological or chemical constituents in the droplets).
  • the surfactant-in-oil solution must be coupled with the fluid physics and materials associated with the platform. Specifically, the oil solution must not swell, dissolve, or degrade the materials used to construct the microfluidic chip, and the physical properties of the oil (e.g., viscosity, boiling point, etc.) must be suited for the flow and operating conditions of the platform.
  • the oil solution must not swell, dissolve, or degrade the materials used to construct the microfluidic chip, and the physical properties of the oil (e.g., viscosity, boiling point, etc.) must be suited for the flow and operating conditions of the platform.
  • surfactant molecules are amphiphilic—part of the molecule is oil soluble, and part of the molecule is water soluble.
  • surfactant molecules that are dissolved in the oil phase adsorb to the interface.
  • the hydrophilic portion of the molecule resides inside the droplet and the fluorophilic portion of the molecule decorates the exterior of the droplet.
  • the surface tension of a droplet is reduced when the interface is populated with surfactant, so the stability of an emulsion is improved.
  • the surfactant should be inert to the contents of each droplet and the surfactant should not promote transport of encapsulated components to the oil or other droplets.
  • surfactants with short fluorotelomer-tails are available, but they do not provide sufficient long-term emulsion stability.
  • Fluorosurfactants with longer fluorocarbon tails such as perfluoropolyether (PFPE), are limited to molecules with ionic headgroups.
  • oils are available from wide variety of fluorinated oils and are available from commercial sources.
  • the requirements for the oil are (1) immiscibility with the aqueous phase, (2) solubility of emulsion stabilizing surfactants in the oil, and (3) compatibility and/or insolubility of reagents from the droplet phase.
  • Oils include hydrofluoroethers, which are fluorinated alkyl chains coupled with hydrocarbon chemistry through an ether bond.
  • One supplier of this type of oil is 3M.
  • the products are marketed as Novec Engineered Fluids or HFE-series oils. This oils include but are not limited to, HFE-7500, which is a preferred embodiment as it provides superior droplet stability seems to be higher.
  • HFE-7100, -7200, -7600 which are examples of other HFEs available from 3M. These can be used as stand-alone oils or components of oil mixtures to optimize emulsion properties and performance.
  • Other hydrofluoroethers are also available from other producers, distributors, or resellers may offer hydrofluoroethers.
  • FC-oils Fluorinert Electronic Liquids
  • FC-oils Fluorinert Electronic Liquids
  • FC-oils Fluorinert products differ by variations in alkyl chain length, branch structure, and combinations of different structures or pure oils. Many of them offer the potential for stand-alone oils or components of oil mixtures to optimize emulsion properties and performance. Specific examples are Fluorinert FC-3283, Fluorinert FC-40, which are a preferred embodiments. Higher viscosity and boiling point useful for applications requiring elevated temperature (e.g., thermocyling for PCR).
  • Fluorinert series can be used for stand-alone oils or components of oil mixtures to optimize emulsion properties and performance.
  • other perfluoroalkylamines are available from other producers, distributors, or resellers may offer perfluoroalkylamines.
  • Fluorinated organics/solvents offer a number of perfluorinated or partially fluorinated solvents are available from a variety of producers, distributors, and/or resellers. Many of them offer the potential for stand-alone oils or components of oil mixtures to optimize emulsion properties and performance.
  • fluorinated organic reagents utilized included (but not limited to) trifluoroacetic acid and hexafluoroisopropanol, to improve droplet stability in other fluorinated oil systems.
  • fluoropolymers may also be used within a microfluidic system. Examples of fluoropolymers include, Krytox GPL oils, Solvay Galden oils, and other liquid fluoropolymers.
  • oils selected are based upon their chemical properties, such as, among others molecular structure, fluorine content and solvating strength. Physical properties of oils examined include viscosity, boiling point, thermal expansion coefficient, oil-in-water solubility, water-in-oil solubility, dielectric constant, polarity, and oil-in-water surface tension.
  • Classes of surfactants include fluorosurfactants that can be categorized by the type of fluorophilic portion of the molecule, the type of hydrophilic, or polar, portion, and the chemistry used to link the different parts of the molecule. Materials developed are capable of stabilizing an emulsion or droplet library.
  • One preferred embodiment is the EA surfactant.
  • the EA surfactant is a Krytox-PEG-Krytox.
  • the EA surfactant is a nonionic tri-block copolymer surfactant was developed to avoid issues that the ionic surfactants (e.g., RR, see below) which result from the use of some other ionic surfactant.
  • ionic surfactants interact with charged species in the droplets and can sequester ions (e.g., magnesium required for the PCR reaction) or other reagents to the oil phase.
  • the structure of the EA surfactant comprises a PEG—approximately 600 Da with amine end functionality, PFPE-Mn is ⁇ 5000-8000 from a Krytox FSH starting material and the linker is an amide coupling.
  • fluorosurfactants include surfactants with a fluorinated tail of a commercial oil (krytox FSH) and a hydrophilic head (either dimorpholinophosphate (DMP) or ammonium carboxylate R24 (Clausell-Tormos et al., Chem Biol 15: 427-437, 2008; Loeker et al., Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects 214: 143-150, 2003).
  • krytox FSH commercial oil
  • DMP dimorpholinophosphate
  • ammonium carboxylate R24 either dimorpholinophosphate (DMP) or ammonium carboxylate R24
  • Alternative materials are alternative fluorophilic portion, i.e., PFPE (Solvay or Demnum), Poly(fluoroalkylacrylate) and other non-polymeric and partially fluorinated materials.
  • Alternative head-group chemistry for the hydrophilic portion includes, non-ionic head groups like PEG (Mw, Mw/Mn (PDI)) and functionality (i.e., diblock, triblock and dendritic). Others include morpholino.
  • Ionic head groups for the hydrophilic portion include anionic, such as elemental and amine salts and further cationic head portions.
  • head group chemistries include zwitterionic, hybrid (e.g., PEG-ionic and zonyl FSO/FSN), lipophilic (e.g, lipophilic to promote bilayer and lipophilic spacer to hydrophile).
  • zwitterionic hybrid
  • zonyl FSO/FSN lipophilic
  • Another alternative is alternative coupling chemistry such as, phosphoryl/Friedel-Crafts, spacer to organic handle and others.
  • Characteristics of surfactants are their molecular structure, determined by NMR, chromatography (e.g., HPLC, GPC/SEC), FTIR, mass spectrometry, and titrations. Purity of surfactants is another characteristic examined in addition to the fluorophile-hydrophile balance.
  • a preferred embodiment includes oil-surfactant formulation for the application of library emulsions is R-oil (HFE-7500) mixed with 2 wt % EA surfactant (“REA20”). Concentrations of EA or RR surfactant at 0.1 wt % or lower to 5% or greater. Other formulations of oils and surfactants and other components added to the aqueous phase are used to improved and optimized the performance of the droplets performance. Those properties of the oil-surfactant mixture include simple mixtures (i.e., one oil and one surfactant, with varied surface concentration), co-surfactants, oil mixtures and additives, such as zonyl and TFA.
  • Oil and surfactant mixture properties include surfactant solubility, critical micelle concentration (CMC), surfactant diffusivity, and interfacial tension, i.e., dynamic and equilibrium. Emulsion properties are also accounted for, those properties include size (absolute and size distribution), stability, transport, and biocompatibility. Stability relates directly to the coalesced droplets and their deformability/breaking and shredding ability. More particularly, the stability of the droplets in their generation, storage and shipping.
  • CMC critical micelle concentration
  • Emulsion properties are also accounted for, those properties include size (absolute and size distribution), stability, transport, and biocompatibility. Stability relates directly to the coalesced droplets and their deformability/breaking and shredding ability. More particularly, the stability of the droplets in their generation, storage and shipping.
  • surfactant and oils begins with the synthesis of surfactants and starting materials, such as PEG-diamine, EA and RR and also accounts for the purification processes, characterization, quality control, mixing and packaging.
  • the fluorosurfactant can be prepared by reacting the perflourinated polyether DuPont Krytox 157 FSL, FSM, or FSH with aqueous ammonium hydroxide in a volatile fluorinated solvent.
  • the solvent and residual water and ammonia can be removed with a rotary evaporator.
  • the surfactant can then be dissolved (e.g., 2.5 wt %) in a fluorinated oil (e.g., Flourinert (3M)), which then serves as the continuous phase of the emulsion.
  • a fluorinated oil e.g., Flourinert (3M)
  • quaternary ammonium salt at the terminus of a hydrophilic oligomer is linked to a perfluoropolyether tail as shown in the following formula:
  • PFPE chain is sufficiently long for molecule to be soluble in perfluorinated oils
  • amide linker provides hydrolytic stability and hydrogen bonding site
  • a combination of PEG and quaternary ammonium cation provide high anchoring strength to the aqueous phase as well as electrostatic repulsion and steric hindrance to minimize reagent transport.
  • Variables in the molecular structure include, but are not limited to, PFPE molecular weight and polydispersity, PFPE structure, alternative perfluorinated tail chemistries, PEG molecular weight and polydispersity, shorter hydrocarbon linkers (ethyl or methyl versus propyl), longer hydrocarbon spacers (C4 or higher), alternative counterions, such as monovalent anions, monovalent, polyatomic anions and di- or tri-valent counterions (to produce two or more tail fluorosurfactants).
  • linker chemistries e.g., ether, ester, etc
  • hydrophilic oligomers e.g., polyalcohol, polyacrylamide, etc.
  • alternative quaternary ammonium cations e.g., anionic terminus-carboxylate etc.; alternative cations.
  • the present invention is also directed to the coupling of PEG-diamines with carboxylic acid-terminated perflouropolyether (Krytox 157) to form surfactants.
  • the present invention is directed to a fluorosurfactant molecule made by the ionic coupling of amine-terminated polyethyleneglycol (PEG-amine) with the carboxylic acid of DuPont Krytox perfluoropolyether (PFPE).
  • PEG-amine polyethyleneglycol
  • PFPE DuPont Krytox perfluoropolyether
  • the resulting structure conveys good performance in the stabilization of aqueous droplets in fluorinated oil in a microfluidic system. Examples of preferred surfactants are described in WO 2008/021123 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0105112.
  • the present invention provides droplets with a fluorosurfactant interface separating the aqueous droplet and its contents from the surrounding immiscible fluorocarbon oil.
  • DNA amplification reactions occurring inside these droplets generate material that does not interact with the channel walls, and collection of the DNA-containing droplets for subsequent manipulation and sequencing is straightforward.
  • This technology provides a solution for amplification of DNA from single cells, allowing for both genotyping and whole genome amplification.
  • use within a microfluidic device or platform as described herein achieves very high throughput, with droplets processed at rates in excess of 5000 droplets per second, enabling greater than 1 ⁇ 1 06 single-cell droplets to be formed and manipulated per hour.
  • materials related to this invention include the formation of salts made by combination of various primary, secondary, or tertiary amines with PFPE carboxylic acid.
  • the resulting amphiphilic structure could be useful as a stand-alone surfactant or a cosurfactant.
  • fluorinated materials with carboxylic acids other than Krytox PFPE could be used to form ionic fluorosurfactants with various amine containing compounds.
  • Alternative amine-containing compounds for use with the present invention include, but are not limited to, PEG-monoamine (molecular weights range from 200 to 1,000,000 or more), PEG-diamine (molecular weights range from 200 to 1,000,000 or more), Multifunctional PEG amines (e.g., branched or dendritic structures), other hydrophilic polymers terminated with amines.
  • Sugars include, but are not limited to, Sugars, Peptides, Biomolecules, Ethanolamine or Alkyl amines—primary, secondary, or tertiary (e.g., triethylamine, trimethylamine, methylamine, ethylamine, butylamine)
  • Alternative fluorinated groups for use with the present invention include, but are not limited to, Krytox FSL and FSM (alternative molecular weights), Demnum PFPE materials, Fluolink PFPE materials or Fluorinated small molecules with carboxylic acids.
  • fluorosurfactants comprised of PEG amine salts provide better performance (compared to other fluorosurfactants) for stabilization of aqueous droplets in fluorinated oils in droplet-based microfluidics applications.
  • novel surfactants are useful either in combination with other surfactants or as a stand-alone surfactant system.
  • the invention can use pressure drive flow control, e.g., utilizing valves and pumps, to manipulate the flow of cells, particles, molecules, enzymes or reagents in one or more directions and/or into one or more channels of a microfluidic device.
  • pressure drive flow control e.g., utilizing valves and pumps
  • other methods may also be used, alone or in combination with pumps and valves, such as electro-osmotic flow control, electrophoresis and dielectrophoresis as described in Fulwyer, Science 156,910 (1974); Li and Harrison, Analytical Chemistry 69, 1564 (1997); Fiedler, et al. Analytical Chemistry 70, 1909-1915 (1998) and U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,155.
  • Positive displacement pressure driven flow is a preferred way of controlling fluid flow and dielectrophoresis is a preferred way of manipulating droplets within that flow.
  • the pressure at the inlet module can also be regulated by adjusting the pressure on the main and sample inlet channels, for example, with pressurized syringes feeding into those inlet channels. By controlling the pressure difference between the oil and water sources at the inlet module, the size and periodicity of the droplets generated may be regulated.
  • a valve may be placed at or coincident to either the inlet module or the sample inlet channel connected thereto to control the flow of solution into the inlet module, thereby controlling the size and periodicity of the droplets.
  • Periodicity and droplet volume may also depend on channel diameter, the viscosity of the fluids, and shear pressure. Examples of driving pressures and methods of modulating flow are as described in WO 2006/040551; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0005254; WO 2006/040554; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0184489; WO 2004/002627; U.S. Pat. No. 7,708,949; WO 2004/091763; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0163385; WO 2005/021151; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0003442; WO 2006/096571; U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • the microfluidic device of the present invention includes one or more inlet modules.
  • An “inlet module” is an area of a microfluidic substrate device that receives molecules, cells, small molecules or particles for additional coalescence, detection and/or sorting.
  • the inlet module can contain one or more inlet channels, wells or reservoirs, openings, and other features which facilitate the entry of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles into the substrate.
  • a substrate may contain more than one inlet module if desired. Different sample inlet channels can communicate with the main channel at different inlet modules. Alternately, different sample inlet channels can communication with the main channel at the same inlet module.
  • the inlet module is in fluid communication with the main channel.
  • the inlet module generally comprises a junction between the sample inlet channel and the main channel such that a solution of a sample (i.e., a fluid containing a sample such as molecules, cells, small molecules (organic or inorganic) or particles) is introduced to the main channel and forms a plurality of droplets.
  • a sample i.e., a fluid containing a sample such as molecules, cells, small molecules (organic or inorganic) or particles
  • the sample solution can be pressurized.
  • the sample inlet channel can intersect the main channel such that the sample solution is introduced into the main channel at an angle perpendicular to a stream of fluid passing through the main channel.
  • the sample inlet channel and main channel intercept at a T-shaped junction; i.e., such that the sample inlet channel is perpendicular (90 degrees) to the main channel.
  • the sample inlet channel can intercept the main channel at any angle, and need not introduce the sample fluid to the main channel at an angle that is perpendicular to that flow.
  • the angle between intersecting channels is in the range of from about 60 to about 120 degrees. Particular exemplary angles are 45, 60, 90, and 120 degrees.
  • Embodiments of the invention are also provided in which there are two or more inlet modules introducing droplets of samples into the main channel.
  • a first inlet module may introduce droplets of a first sample into a flow of fluid in the main channel and a second inlet module may introduce droplets of a second sample into the flow of fluid in main channel, and so forth.
  • the second inlet module is preferably downstream from the first inlet module (e.g., about 30 ⁇ m).
  • the fluids introduced into the two or more different inlet modules can comprise the same fluid or the same type of fluid (e.g., different aqueous solutions).
  • droplets of an aqueous solution containing an enzyme are introduced into the main channel at the first inlet module and droplets of aqueous solution containing a substrate for the enzyme are introduced into the main channel at the second inlet module.
  • the droplets introduced at the different inlet modules may be droplets of different fluids which may be compatible or incompatible.
  • the different droplets may be different aqueous solutions, or droplets introduced at a first inlet module may be droplets of one fluid (e.g., an aqueous solution) whereas droplets introduced at a second inlet module may be another fluid (e.g., alcohol or oil).
  • An important element in making libraries utilizing the microfluidic device of the present invention is to include features in the channels of the device to remove particles that may effect the microfluidic system.
  • emulsions When emulsions are injected or re-injected onto a microfluidic device, they carry contaminants that collect at the nozzle and either clog the nozzle and/or induce uncontrolled coalescence up to the complete shredding of the emulsion.
  • Debris/contaminants include small debris, such as dust or TCS, fibers, goop (glue and/or surfactant) and large debris such as PDMS skins/shavings.
  • the present invention provides a post trap for large debris, a pocket trap for small debris, a serpentine trap for fibers and a step trap for large droplets/debris. EAP filters work well to filter out the contaminants.
  • the filter system filters out these contaminants and most importantly traps the contaminants out of the main pathway and allow the droplets to pass by so the contaminants cannot induce uncontrolled coalescence.
  • the present invention comprises two distinct parts that specifically address two different scales. The first filters contaminants that are larger than the droplet size. The second filters contaminants that are smaller than the droplet and nozzle sizes. The large contaminants are easily trapped but are responsible for inducing uncontrolled coalescence, the small contaminants tend to stick to the nozzle and most probably induce wetting that results in the shredding of the emulsion.
  • a triangular shape filter that contains an internal-collection channel and smaller lateral channels connected to the internal-collection channel with a specific angle.
  • the collection pockets are connected to a channel of high hydrodynamic resistance so that some of the flow will still go through and maintain the contaminants in the collection pockets.
  • the lateral collection channels are located at a stepwise transition between a shallow layer and a deep layer. In one example, he droplets are collected in the Droplet Collection Channel through the lateral angled channels.
  • the contaminants are deflected toward the Contaminant Collection Pocket because of the triangular shape and the droplet flow. Because of the use of high resistance channel for the Contaminants Collection Pockets, the droplets go through them only marginally, but enough to force the trapped contaminants to stay there.
  • a series of posts are used, each one being offset by a half-period to the adjacent ones.
  • This geometry intends to create a region of null-recirculation flow at the tip of each post due to the symmetry and contaminants are trapped in that region.
  • the posts have an indentation to both increase the effect of the flow pattern described above and to trap the contaminants so that they are out of the way of the droplets.
  • the posts can be designed just with an indentation or with a flow-through restriction of high hydrodynamic resistance so that the contaminants will be directed and trapped deep in the structure.
  • the symmetrical design creates a region where there is almost no flow, in this region creates the conditions to trap the contaminants that are smaller than the droplets.
  • the droplets follow the main flow because of the high hydrodynamic resistance conditions.
  • the posts on one side of the channel have a flow-through to ensure that the contaminants stay trapped there; on the other side the posts have only an indentation.
  • Several series of these posts, offset by half of a period are used to increase both the filter capacity and the odds of trapping any given contaminant.
  • the droplet pairs can contain liquids of different compositions and/or volumes, which would then combine to allow for a specific reaction to be investigated.
  • the pair of droplets can come from any of the following: (i) two continuous aqueous streams and an oil stream; (ii) a continuous aqueous stream, an emulsion stream, and an oil stream, or (iii) two emulsion streams and an oil stream.
  • interdigitation means pairing of droplets from separate aqueous streams, or from two separate inlet nozzles, for eventual coalescence.
  • Various nozzle designs enhance the interdigitation of droplets and further improves coalescence of droplets due to the better control of the interdigitation and smaller distance between pairs of droplets.
  • the greater control over interdigitation allows for a perfect control over the frequency of either of the droplets.
  • the spacing between droplets and coupling of the droplets can be adjusted by adjusting flow of any of the streams, viscosity of the streams, nozzle design (including orifice diameter, the channel angle, and post-orifice neck of the nozzle). Examples of preferred nozzle designs are as described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142.
  • a device of the invention can include a sample solution reservoir or well or other apparatus for introducing a sample to the device, at the inlet module, which is typically in fluid communication with an inlet channel.
  • Reservoirs and wells used for loading one or more samples onto the microfluidic device of the present invention include but are not limited to, syringes, cartridges, vials, eppendorf tubes and cell culture materials (e.g., 96 well plates).
  • a reservoir may facilitate introduction of molecules or cells into the device and into the sample inlet channel of each analysis unit.
  • the microfluidic device of the present invention also includes one or more coalescence modules.
  • a “coalescence module” is within or coincident with at least a portion of the main channel at or downstream of the inlet module where molecules, cells, small molecules or particles comprised within droplets are brought within proximity of other droplets comprising molecules, cells, small molecules or particles and where the droplets in proximity fuse, coalesce or combine their contents.
  • the coalescence module can also include an apparatus, for generating an electric force.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be large enough to cause the droplet to move within the liquid.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be used to direct a desired motion of the droplet within the liquid, for example, to or within a channel or a microfluidic channel (e.g., as further described herein), etc.
  • the electric field can be generated from an electric field generator, i.e., a device or system able to create an electric field that can be applied to the fluid.
  • the electric field generator may produce an AC field (i.e., one that varies periodically with respect to time, for example, sinusoidally, sawtooth, square, etc.), a DC field (i.e., one that is constant with respect to time), a pulsed field, etc.
  • the electric field generator may be constructed and arranged to create an electric field within a fluid contained within a channel or a microfluidic channel.
  • the electric field generator may be integral to or separate from the fluidic system containing the channel or microfluidic channel, according to some embodiments.
  • integrated means that portions of the components integral to each other are joined in such a way that the components cannot be in manually separated from each other without cutting or breaking at least one of the components.
  • an electric field is produced by applying voltage across a pair of electrodes, which may be positioned on or embedded within the fluidic system (for example, within a substrate defining the channel or microfluidic channel), and/or positioned proximate the fluid such that at least a portion of the electric field interacts with the fluid.
  • the electrodes can be fashioned from any suitable electrode material or materials known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including, but not limited to, silver, gold, copper, carbon, platinum, copper, tungsten, tin, cadmium, nickel, indium tin oxide (“ITO”), etc., as well as combinations thereof.
  • Preferred electrodes and patterned electrically conductive layers are described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142 and can be associated with any module of the device (inlet module, coalescence module, mixing module, delay module, detection module and sorting module) to generate dielectric or electric forces to manipulate and control the droplets and their contents.
  • the microfluidic device according to the present invention can include placing a fluidic channel between two parallel electrodes, which can result in a steep electric field gradient at the entrance to the electrodes due to edge effects at the ends of the electrode pair. Placing these pairs of electrodes at a symmetric channel split can allow precise bi-directional control of droplet within a device. Using the same principle, only with asymmetric splits, can allow single ended control of the droplet direction in the same manner. Alternatively, a variation on this geometry will allow precise control of the droplet phase by shifting.
  • Dielectrophoresis is believed to produce movement of dielectric objects, which have no net charge, but have regions that are positively or negatively charged in relation to each other.
  • dielectric polarizability of the particles and the suspending medium dielectric particles will move either toward the regions of high field strength or low field strength.
  • the polarizability of living cells depends on their composition, morphology, and phenotype and is highly dependent on the frequency of the applied electrical field.
  • cells of different types and in different physiological states generally possess distinctly different dielectric properties, which may provide a basis for cell separation, e.g., by differential dielectrophoretic forces.
  • the polarizability of droplets also depends upon their size, shape and composition. For example, droplets that contain salts can be polarized. According to formulas provided in Fiedler, et al. Analytical Chemistry 70, 1909-1915 (1998), individual manipulation of single droplets requires field differences (inhomogeneities) with dimensions close to the droplets.
  • dielectrophoretic force gradient means a dielectrophoretic force is exerted on an object in an electric field provided that the object has a different dielectric constant than the surrounding media. This force can either pull the object into the region of larger field or push it out of the region of larger field. The force is attractive or repulsive depending respectively on whether the object or the surrounding media has the larger dielectric constant.
  • Manipulation is also dependent on permittivity (a dielectric property) of the droplets and/or particles with the suspending medium.
  • permittivity a dielectric property
  • polymer particles, living cells show negative dielectrophoresis at high-field frequencies in water.
  • dielectrophoretic forces experienced by a latex sphere in a 0.5 MV/m field (10 V for a 20 micron electrode gap) in water are predicted to be about 0.2 piconewtons (pN) for a 3.4 micron latex sphere to 15 pN for a 15 micron latex sphere (Fiedler, et al. Analytical Chemistry, 70, 1909-1915 (1998)).
  • the electric field generator can be constructed and arranged (e.g., positioned) to create an electric field applicable to the fluid of at least about 0.01 V/micrometer, and, in some cases, at least about 0.03 V/micrometer, at least about 0.05 V/micrometer, at least about 0.08 V/micrometer, at least about 0.1 V/micrometer, at least about 0.3 V/micrometer, at least about 0.5 V/micrometer, at least about 0.7 V/micrometer, at least about 1 V/micrometer, at least about 1.2 V/micrometer, at least about 1.4 V/micrometer, at least about 1.6 V/micrometer, or at least about 2 V/micrometer.
  • even higher electric field intensities may be used, for example, at least about 2 V/micrometer, at least about 3 V/micrometer, at least about 5 V/micrometer, at least about 7 V/micrometer, or at least about 10 V/micrometer or more.
  • an electric field may be applied to fluidic droplets to cause the droplets to experience an electric force.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be, in some cases, at least about 10 ⁇ 16 N/micrometer 3 .
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be greater, e.g., at least about 10 ⁇ 15 N/micrometer3, at least about 10 ⁇ 14 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 13 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 12 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 11 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 10 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 9 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 8 N/micrometer 3 , or at least about 10 ⁇ 7 N/micrometer 3 or more.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets, relative to the surface area of the fluid may be at least about 10 ⁇ 15 N/micrometer 2 , and in some cases, at least about 10 ⁇ 14 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 13 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 12 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 1 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 10 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 9 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 8 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 7 N/micrometer 2 , or at least about 10 ⁇ 6 N/micrometer 2 or more.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be at least about 10 ⁇ 9 N, at least about 10 ⁇ 8 N, at least about 10 ⁇ 7 N, at least about 10 ⁇ 6 N, at least about 10 ⁇ 5 N, or at least about 10 ⁇ 4 N or more in some cases.
  • droplet coalescence is presently carried out by having two droplet forming nozzles emitting droplets into the same main channel.
  • the size of the nozzles allow for one nozzle to form a large drop that fills the exhaust line while the other nozzle forms a drop that is smaller than the first.
  • the smaller droplet is formed at a rate that is less than the larger droplet rate, which insures that at most one small droplet is between big droplets.
  • the small droplet will catch up to the larger one over a relatively short distance, but sometimes the recirculation zone behind the large drop causes the small drop to separate from the large drop cyclically.
  • the small drop occasionally does not catch up with the large one over the distance between the nozzles and the coalescing electrodes. Thus, in some situations is a need for a more robust coalescence scheme.
  • Geometric alterations in the coalescence module can create a more robust, reliable coalescence or fusing of droplets over a wider range of sizes and flows.
  • the solution to improve the performance is to place an expansion in the main channel between the electrodes.
  • a small constriction (neckdown) just before this expansion can be used to better align the droplets on their way into the coalescence point. This optional neckdown can help center the small droplet in the channel stream lines, reducing the chance that it will flow around the larger droplet prior to coalescing in the expansion.
  • the electrode pair may be placed on either one side of the channel or on both sides.
  • the expansion in the coalescing region allows for a dramatic catching up of the small drop to the large drop, as shown through micrographs taken on an operating device.
  • the volume of the expansion is big enough to slow the large droplet down so that the small drop always catches up to the large drop, but doesn't allow the next large drop to catch up and make contact with the pair to be coalesced.
  • the electrodes allow for coalescence to take place when the drops are in contact with each other and passing through the field gradient.
  • the microfluidic device of the present invention can also include one or more detection modules.
  • a “detection module” is a location within the device, typically within the main channel where molecules, cells, small molecules or particles are to be detected, identified, measured or interrogated on the basis of at least one predetermined characteristic.
  • the molecules, cells, small molecules or particles can be examined one at a time, and the characteristic is detected or measured optically, for example, by testing for the presence or amount of a reporter.
  • the detection module is in communication with one or more detection apparatuses.
  • the detection apparatuses can be optical or electrical detectors or combinations thereof.
  • detection apparatuses include optical waveguides, microscopes, diodes, light stimulating devices, (e.g., lasers), photo multiplier tubes, and processors (e.g., computers and software), and combinations thereof, which cooperate to detect a signal representative of a characteristic, marker, or reporter, and to determine and direct the measurement or the sorting action at the sorting module.
  • light stimulating devices e.g., lasers
  • photo multiplier tubes e.g., computers and software
  • processors e.g., computers and software
  • detecting generally refers to the analysis or measurement of a species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, and/or the detection of the presence or absence of the species. “Detecting or “determining” may also refer to the analysis or measurement of an interaction between two or more species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, or by detecting the presence or absence of the interaction.
  • spectroscopy such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman
  • gravimetric techniques such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman
  • gravimetric techniques such as ellipsometry; piezoelectric measurements; immunoassays; electrochemical measurements; optical measurements such as optical density measurements; circular dichromism; light scattering measurements such as quasielectric light scattering; polarimetry; refractometry; or turbidity measurements as described further herein.
  • a detection module is within, communicating or coincident with a portion of the main channel at or downstream of the inlet module and, in sorting embodiments, at, proximate to, or upstream of, the sorting module or branch point.
  • the sorting module may be located immediately downstream of the detection module or it may be separated by a suitable distance consistent with the size of the molecules, the channel dimensions and the detection system. Precise boundaries for the detection module are not required, but are preferred.
  • One or more detections sensors and/or processors may be positioned to be in sensing communication with the fluidic droplet.
  • Sensing communication means that the sensor may be positioned anywhere such that the fluidic droplet within the fluidic system (e.g., within a channel), and/or a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion.
  • the sensor may be in sensing communication with the fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet fluidly, optically or visually, thermally, pneumatically, electronically, or the like.
  • the sensor can be positioned proximate the fluidic system, for example, embedded within or integrally connected to a wall of a channel, or positioned separately from the fluidic system but with physical, electrical, and/or optical communication with the fluidic system so as to be able to sense and/or determine the fluidic droplet and/or a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet (e.g., a channel or a microchannel, a liquid containing the fluidic droplet, etc.).
  • a sensor may be free of any physical connection with a channel containing a droplet, but may be positioned so as to detect electromagnetic radiation arising from the droplet or the fluidic system, such as infrared, ultraviolet, or visible light.
  • the electromagnetic radiation may be produced by the droplet, and/or may arise from other portions of the fluidic system (or externally of the fluidic system) and interact with the fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet in such as a manner as to indicate one or more characteristics of the fluidic droplet, for example, through absorption, reflection, diffraction, refraction, fluorescence, phosphorescence, changes in polarity, phase changes, changes with respect to time, etc.
  • a laser may be directed towards the fluidic droplet and/or the liquid surrounding the fluidic droplet, and the fluorescence of the fluidic droplet and/or the surrounding liquid may be determined.
  • “Sensing communication,” as used herein may also be direct or indirect.
  • light from the fluidic droplet may be directed to a sensor, or directed first through a fiber optic system, a waveguide, etc., before being directed to a sensor.
  • Non-limiting examples of detection sensors useful in the invention include optical or electromagnetically-based systems.
  • the sensor may be a fluorescence sensor (e.g., stimulated by a laser), a microscopy system (which may include a camera or other recording device), or the like.
  • the sensor may be an electronic sensor, e.g., a sensor able to determine an electric field or other electrical characteristic.
  • the sensor may detect capacitance, inductance, etc., of a fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet.
  • the sensor may be connected to a processor, which in turn, cause an operation to be performed on the fluidic droplet, for example, by sorting the droplet.
  • Characteristics determinable with respect to the droplet and usable in the invention can be identified by those of ordinary skill in the art. Non-limiting examples of such characteristics include fluorescence, spectroscopy (e.g., optical, infrared, ultraviolet, etc.), radioactivity, mass, volume, density, temperature, viscosity, pH, concentration of a substance, such as a biological substance (e.g., a protein, a nucleic acid, etc.), or the like.
  • a corresponding signal is then produced, for example indicating that “yes” the characteristic is present, or “no” it is not.
  • the signal may correspond to a characteristic qualitatively or quantitatively. That is, the amount of the signal can be measured and can correspond to the degree to which a characteristic is present.
  • the strength of the signal may indicate the size of a molecule, or the potency or amount of an enzyme expressed by a cell, or a positive or negative reaction such as binding or hybridization of one molecule to another, or a chemical reaction of a substrate catalyzed by an enzyme.
  • data can be collected and/or a control system in the sorting module, if present, can be activated to divert a droplet into one branch channel or another for delivery to the collection module or waste module.
  • a control system in the sorting module if present, can be activated to divert a droplet into one branch channel or another for delivery to the collection module or waste module.
  • molecules or cells within a droplet at a sorting module can be sorted into an appropriate branch channel according to a signal produced by the corresponding examination at a detection module.
  • the means of changing the flow path can be accomplished through mechanical, electrical, optical, or some other technique as described herein.
  • a preferred detector is an optical detector, such as a microscope, which may be coupled with a computer and/or other image processing or enhancement devices to process images or information produced by the microscope using known techniques.
  • molecules can be analyzed and/or sorted by size or molecular weight.
  • Enzymes can be analyzed and/or sorted by the extent to which they catalyze chemical reaction of a substrate (conversely, substrate can be analyzed and/or sorted by the level of chemical reactivity catalyzed by an enzyme).
  • Cells can be sorted according to whether they contain or produce a particular protein, by using an optical detector to examine each cell for an optical indication of the presence or amount of that protein.
  • the protein may itself be detectable, for example by a characteristic fluorescence, or it may be labeled or associated with a reporter that produces a detectable signal when the desired protein is present, or is present in at least a threshold amount.
  • a characteristic fluorescence or it may be labeled or associated with a reporter that produces a detectable signal when the desired protein is present, or is present in at least a threshold amount.
  • characteristics that can be identified or measured using the techniques of the invention, which include without limitation surface characteristics of the cell and intracellular characteristics, provided only that the characteristic or characteristics of interest for sorting can be sufficiently identified and detected or measured to distinguish cells having the desired characteristic(s) from those which do not.
  • any label or reporter as described herein can be used as the basis for analyzing and/or sorting molecules or cells, i.e. detecting molecules or cells to be collected.
  • the biological/chemical entity to be analyzed may itself be detectable, for example by a characteristic fluorescence, or it may be labeled or associated with a reporter that produces a detectable signal when the desired protein is present, or is present in at least a threshold amount.
  • Luminescent colloidal semiconductor nanocrystals called quantum dots or q-dots (QD) are inorganic fluorophores that have the potential to circumvent some of the functional limitations encountered by organic dyes.
  • CdSe—ZnS core-shell QDs exhibit size-dependent tunable photoluminescence (PL) with narrow emission bandwidths (FWHM ⁇ 30 to 45 nm) that span the visible spectrum and broad absorption bands. These allow simultaneous excitation of several particle sizes (colors) at a common wavelength. This, in turn, allows simultaneous resolution of several colors using standard instrumentation.
  • CdSe—ZnS QDs also have high quantum yields, are resistant to photodegradation, and can be detected optically at concentrations comparable to organic dyes.
  • Quantum dots are nano-scale semiconductors typically consisting of materials such as crystalline cadmium selenide.
  • the term ‘q-dot’ emphasizes the quantum confinement effect of these materials, and typically refers to fluorescent nanocrystals in the quantum confined size range.
  • Quantum confinement refers to the light emission from bulk (macroscopic) semiconductors such as LEDs which results from exciting the semiconductor either electrically or by shining light on it, creating electron-hole pairs which, when they recombine, emit light. The energy, and therefore the wavelength, of the emitted light is governed by the composition of the semiconductor material.
  • the physical size of the semiconductor is considerably reduced to be much smaller than the natural radius of the electron-hole pair (Bohr radius)
  • additional energy is required to “confine” this excitation within the nanoscopic semiconductor structure leading to a shift in the emission to shorter wavelengths.
  • Three different q-dots in several concentrations each can be placed in a microdroplet, and can then be used with a microfluidic device to decode what is in the drop.
  • the Q-dot readout extension to the fluorescence station can be incorporated into the design of the microfluidic device.
  • a series of dichroic beamsplitters, emission filters, and detectors can be stacked onto the system, allowing measurement of the required five emission channels (two fluorescence polarization signals and three q-dot bands).
  • Fluorescence Polarization (FP) detection technology enables homogeneous assays suitable for high throughput screening assays in the Drug Discovery field.
  • the most common label in the assays is fluorescein.
  • FP-assay the fluorophore is excited with polarized light. Only fluorophores parallel to the light absorb and are excited. The excited state has a lifetime before the light emission occurs. During this time the labeled fluorophore molecule rotates and the polarization of the light emitted differs from the excitation plane.
  • S-plane a polarized emission filter parallel to the excitation filter
  • P-plane a polarized emission filter perpendicular to the excitation filter
  • S and P are background subtracted fluorescence count rates and G (grating) is an instrument and assay dependent factor.
  • the rotational speed of a molecule is dependent on the size of the molecule, temperature and viscosity of the solution.
  • Fluorescein has a fluorescence lifetime suitable for the rotation speeds of molecules in bio-affinity assays like receptor-ligand binding assays or immunoassays of haptens.
  • the basic principle is that the labeled compound is small and rotates rapidly (low polarization). When the labeled compound binds to the larger molecule, its rotation slows down considerably (polarization changes from low to high polarization).
  • FP provides a direct readout of the extent of tracer binding to protein, nucleic acids, and other biopolymers.
  • Fluorescence polarization technology has been used in basic research and commercial diagnostic assays for many decades, but has begun to be widely used in drug discovery only in the past six years.
  • FP assays for drug discovery were developed for single-tube analytical instruments, but the technology was rapidly converted to high-throughput screening assays when commercial plate readers with equivalent sensitivity became available.
  • These assays include such well-known pharmaceutical targets such as kinases, phosphatases, proteases, G-protein coupled receptors, and nuclear receptors.
  • Other homogeneous technologies based on fluorescence intensity have been developed. These include energy transfer, quenching, and enhancement assays.
  • FP offers several advantages over these. The assays are usually easier to construct, since the tracers do not have to respond to binding by intensity changes.
  • FP is independent of intensity, it is relatively immune to colored solutions and cloudy suspensions. FP offers several advantages in the area of instrumentation. Because FP is a fundamental property of the molecule, and the reagents are stable, little or no standardization is required. FP is relatively insensitive to drift in detector gain settings and laser power.
  • the dyes chosen for FP are commonly used in most cell- and enzyme-based assays and are designed not to overlap significantly with the q-dots.
  • the dyes are evaluated both independently and together with the q-dots (at first off-instrument) to assess the cross-talk.
  • the liquid q-dot labels are read outside a spectral wavelength band currently used in FACS analysis and sorting (i.e., the dyes flourescein, Cy3, Cy5, etc). This permits the use of currently-available assays (dependent on these dyes). Using specific q-dots, crosstalk is minimized.
  • the present invention provides methods to label droplets and/or nanoreactors formed on a microfluidic device by using only a single dye code to avoid cross-talk with other dyes during FP. Additionally, the present invention provides methods to create FP dye codes to label compounds contained within liquids (including droplets and/or nanoreactors) where the compound is designed to be differentiated by FP on a microfluidic device. In this manner, dye codes having the same color, absorption, and emission could be used to label compounds within liquids.
  • the present invention is directed to the use of fluorescence polarization to label liquids.
  • Droplets can be labeled using several means. These labeling means include, but are not limited to, the use of different dyes, quantum dots, capacitance, opacity, light scattering, fluorescence intensity (FI), fluorescence lifetime (FL), fluorescence polarization (FP), circular dichroism (CD), fluorescence correlation and combinations of all of these previous labeling means.
  • the following disclosure describes the use of FP and FI as a means to label droplets on a microfluidic device.
  • FL as a means to adjust the overall FP of a solution, and by varying the concentration of the total FI, to create a 2-dimensional encoding scheme is demonstrated.
  • FP is independent of the concentration of the dye; liquids can have vastly different concentrations of FITC in them yet still have identical FP measurements.
  • a FP dye is an organic dye that does not interfere with the assay dye is used. Furthermore, since the total intensity of the FP dye can be quantified, a second dimension in which to label the droplet is provided. Thus, one can exploit the differences in FP to create an encoding scheme of dye within a liquid solution, including droplets. Examples of ways to exploit the differences in FP are described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142. In a single dimension, FP can be used to create an encoding scheme.
  • the present invention can also use Fluorescence Intensity (FI) of the overall solution to create even more labels in a second dimension.
  • FI Fluorescence Intensity
  • FL fluorescence lifetime
  • a dye can be attached to a large compound (for example streptavidin) and kept at a fixed concentration, to which a smaller compound (for example, a free dye molecule) would be titrated into the same solution.
  • the FP of the solution can be adjusted to be in discernable increments from the value of the large molecule to somewhere slightly greater than the FP of the smaller molecule.
  • the [total] dye intensity can be varied by varying the concentration of the mixture of the two dye-attached compounds. By varying total dye concentration and the FP, two dimensions can be used to generate the FP dye codes (FPcodes). Accordingly, many FPcodes can be generated using only two compounds.
  • the present invention is directed labeling solids using properties other than dye emission and dye concentration.
  • the solid can include, for example, a bead or location on a solid support or chip.
  • FI and FL can be two of many dimensions of characteristics used as labels.
  • a linker can be used to couple the dye to the bead.
  • the linker can be varied so as to allow the dye to have differing degrees of freedom in which to rotate (i.e., tumble). Varying the linker in this manner can change the FP of the attached dye, which in unique combinations can be used as a label.
  • the beads can be swollen in organic solvent and the dyes held in place by hydrophobic forces.
  • the FP, FI, FL methods described above for liquid labeling can also be used as a means for labeling the beads.
  • a quenching molecule can also be used to change the characteristics of a dye.
  • Such quenching can be continuous or brought about through the interaction of a molecule, such as a peptide or nucleic acid linker, with differing means of bringing molecules together depending on the strength of linker-internal interaction (e.g., a nucleotide stem loop structure of varying lengths).
  • a molecule such as a peptide or nucleic acid linker
  • the reactions analyzed on the virtual, random and non-random arrays can be also increased beyond the two (cy3 and cy5 intensities) commonly used for multiplexing.
  • different FP, FI, etc can be used as a read-out.
  • Random array decoding Beads of the prior art use one or more pre-attached oligonucleotide-coupled beads that are held in place in a fiber-optic faceplate (for example, those used by Illiumina). The oligos on the beads are decoded using sequential hybridization of a labeled complementary oligo.
  • the assay of the prior art uses a separate oligonucleotide complementary zipcode (‘Illumacode’) attached to each type of bead.
  • the invention described herein is superior to the methods of the prior art in that the FP, FI, FL-labeled bead or mobile solid support can be placed into a random array (e.g., a chip as manufactured by Illumina) and the FP, FI, FL used to decode the bead.
  • the FP, FI, FL of the bead can be decoded before using the chip and the different beads ‘mapped’ as to their specific locations.
  • the bead can be decoded during attachment of the assay read-out.
  • the methods described by the present invention can be used to pre-determine the location of each bead-type either before, or during analysis.
  • Virtual array decoding Methods of the prior art use 2 lasers and 3 detectors to differentiate a set of 100 bead-types.
  • the beads-types are differentiated by the FI of two different dyes present in 1 of 10 concentrations (per dye) contained within the bead, and the assay detector is used to measure fluorescein concentration on the bead.
  • the dyes which are added to organic-solvent swollen beads, are not directly attached to the beads, but remain held within the bead by hydrophobic forces.
  • a second detector to the machines of the prior art used to measure FP can be added, thereby adding a third dimension and extending the encoding scheme beyond the 100 available in the prior art.
  • Non-random array decoding In chips of the prior art (such as those used by Affymetrix) oligonucleotides are synthesized directly on the chip. Decoding is simply a matter of knowing the location of the assay on the chip.
  • the methods as described herein can be advantageously used in conjunction with such chips to increase the number of things that can be simultaneously analyzed (i.e., multiplexed) on the chip.
  • Cy3, Cy5, FL and FP can be used as analysis markers for hybridization reactions.
  • the present invention can include also provides methods for labeling micro or nano-sized droplets using Radio Frequency Identification (RFID).
  • RFID tags can improve the identification of the contents within the droplets.
  • the droplets are utilized within a microfluidic device.
  • RFID is an automatic identification method, relying on storing and remotely retrieving data using devices called RFID tags or transponders.
  • An RFID tag is an object that can be attached to or incorporated into a product, animal, or person for the purpose of identification using radio waves.
  • Chip-based RFID tags contain silicon chips and antennae. Passive tags require no internal power source, whereas active tags require a power source.
  • Hitachi has “powder” 0.05 mm ⁇ 0.05 mm RFID chips. The new chips are 64 times smaller than the previous record holder, the 0.4 mm ⁇ 0.4 mm mu-chips, and nine times smaller than Hitachi's last year prototype, and have room for a 128-bit ROM that can store a unique 38-digit ID number.
  • a solution containing RFID tags are emulsified into droplets and are used as a label for the identification of the material within the droplet solution.
  • Applications include, but are not limited to; genetics, genomics, proteomics, chemical synthesis, biofuels, and others.
  • the detection module may include an apparatus for stimulating a reporter for that characteristic to emit measurable light energy, e.g., a light source such as a laser, laser diode, light emitting diode (LED), high-intensity lamp, (e.g., mercury lamp), and the like.
  • a lamp e.g., the channels are preferably shielded from light in all regions except the detection module.
  • the laser can be set to scan across a set of detection modules from different analysis units.
  • laser diodes or LED's may be microfabricated into the same chip that contains the analysis units.
  • laser diodes or LED's may be incorporated into a second chip (i.e., a laser diode chip) that is placed adjacent to the analysis or microchip such that the laser light from the diodes shines on the detection module(s).
  • An integrated semiconductor laser and/or an integrated photodiode detector can be included on the substrate in the vicinity of the detection module. This design provides the advantages of compactness and a shorter optical path for exciting and/or emitted radiation, thus minimizing distortion and losses.
  • Fluorescence produced by a reporter is excited using a laser beam focused on molecules (e.g., DNA, protein, enzyme or substrate) or cells passing through a detection region.
  • Fluorescent reporters can include, but are not limited to, rhodamine, fluorescein, Texas red, Cy 3, Cy 5, phycobiliprotein (e.g., phycoerythrin), green fluorescent protein (GFP), YOYO-1 and PicoGreen.
  • the reporter labels can be fluorescently labeled single nucleotides, such as fluorescein-dNTP, rhodamine-dNTP, Cy3-dNTP, etc.; where dNTP represents dATP, dTTP, dUTP or dCTP.
  • the reporter can also be chemically-modified single nucleotides, such as biotin-dNTP.
  • the reporter can be fluorescently or chemically labeled amino acids or antibodies (which bind to a particular antigen, or fragment thereof, when expressed or displayed by a cell or virus).
  • the device can analyze and/or sort cells based on the level of expression of selected cell markers, such as cell surface markers, which have a detectable reporter bound thereto, in a manner similar to that currently employed using fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) machines. Proteins or other characteristics within a cell, and which do not necessarily appear on the cell surface, can also be identified and used as a basis for sorting.
  • the device can also determine the size or molecular weight of molecules such as polynucleotides or polypeptides (including enzymes and other proteins) or fragments thereof passing through the detection module. Alternatively, the device can determine the presence or degree of some other characteristic indicated by a reporter. If desired, the cells, particles or molecules can be sorted based on this analysis.
  • the sorted cells, particles or molecules can be collected from the outlet channels in collection modules (or discarded in wasted modules) and used as needed.
  • the collected cells, particles or molecules can be removed from the device or reintroduced to the device for additional coalescence, analysis and sorting.
  • a “processor” or a “microprocessor” is any component or device able to receive a signal from one or more sensors, store the signal, and/or direct one or more responses (e.g., as described above), for example, by using a mathematical formula or an electronic or computational circuit.
  • the signal may be any suitable signal indicative of the environmental factor determined by the sensor, for example a pneumatic signal, an electronic signal, an optical signal, a mechanical signal, etc.
  • the device of the present invention can comprise features, such as integrated metal alloy components and/or features patterned in an electrically conductive layer, for detecting droplets by broadcasting a signal around a droplet and picking up an electrical signal in proximity to the droplet.
  • the device of the present invention also comprises the use of beads and methods for analyzing and sorting beads (i.e., bead reader device).
  • the device can read and either sort or not sort droplets containing one or more of a set of two or more beads. Each bead can be differentiated from each other bead within a set. Beads can be separated by several tags including, but not limited to, quantum dyes, fluorescent dyes, ratios of fluorescent dyes, radioactivity, radio-tags, etc.
  • a set of beads containing a ratio of two dyes in discrete amounts with an apparatus for detecting and differentiating beads containing one discrete ratio from the other beads in this set having a different ratio of the two dyes.
  • the microfluidic device can include paramagnetic beads. The paramagnetic beads can introduce and remove chemical components from droplets using droplet coalescence and breakup events. The paramagnetic beads can also be used for sorting droplets.
  • the present invention provides methods of screening molecular libraries on beads through limited-dilution-loading and then chemical or optical release inside of droplets.
  • a releasing means chemical, UV light, heat, etc
  • tea-bag synthesis of chemicals on a bead simultaneously with a means for identifying said bead (using, for example, a mass spec tag).
  • a means for identifying said bead using, for example, a mass spec tag.
  • the device of the present invention can comprise column separation prior to bead sorting.
  • Such separating means could include size, charge, hydrophobicity, atomic mass, etc.
  • the separating can be done isocratic or by use of a means for generating a gradient chemically, (for example using salt or hydrophobicity), electrically, by pressure, or etc.
  • a channel is preloaded with Sepharose size exclusion media.
  • a sample is loaded at one end, and the droplets are formed at an opposing end. The sample separates by size prior to becoming incorporated within a droplet.
  • the microfluidic device of the present invention can further include one or more sorting modules.
  • a “sorting module” is a junction of a channel where the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles can change direction to enter one or more other channels, e.g., a branch channel for delivery to an outlet module (i.e., collection or waste module), depending on a signal received in connection with an examination in the detection module.
  • a sorting module is monitored and/or under the control of a detection module, and therefore a sorting module may “correspond” to such detection module.
  • the sorting region is in communication with and is influenced by one or more sorting apparatuses.
  • a sorting apparatus comprises techniques or control systems, e.g., dielectric, electric, electro-osmotic, (micro-) valve, etc.
  • a control system can employ a variety of sorting techniques to change or direct the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles into a predetermined branch channel.
  • a “branch channel” is a channel which is in communication with a sorting region and a main channel. The main channel can communicate with two or more branch channels at the sorting module or “branch point”, forming, for example, a T-shape or a Y-shape. Other shapes and channel geometries may be used as desired.
  • a branch channel receives molecules, cells, small molecules or particles depending on the molecule, cells, small molecules or particles characteristic of interest as detected by the detection module and sorted at the sorting module.
  • a branch channel can have an outlet module and/or terminate with a well or reservoir to allow collection or disposal (collection module or waste module, respectively) of the molecules, cells, small molecules or particles.
  • a branch channel may be in communication with other channels to permit additional sorting.
  • the device of the present invention can further include one or more outlet modules.
  • An “outlet module” is an area of the device that collects or dispenses molecules, cells, small molecules or particles after coalescence, detection and/or sorting.
  • the outlet module can include a collection module and/or a waste module.
  • the collection module can be connected to a means for storing a sample.
  • the collection module can be a well or reservoir for collecting and containing droplets detected to have a specific predetermined characteristic in the detection module.
  • the collection module can be temperature controlled.
  • the waste module can be connected to a means for discarding a sample.
  • the waste module can be a well or reservoir for collecting and containing droplets detected to not have a specific predetermined characteristic in the detection module.
  • the outlet module is downstream from a sorting module, if present, or downstream from the detection module if a sorting module is not present.
  • the outlet module may contain branch channels or outlet channels for connection to a collection module or waste module.
  • a device can contain more than one outlet module.
  • a characteristic of a fluidic droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion, for example, as described herein (e.g., fluorescence of the fluidic droplet may be determined), and, in response, an electric field may be applied or removed from the fluidic droplet to direct the fluidic droplet to a particular region (e.g. a channel).
  • a fluidic droplet is preferably sorted or steered by inducing a dipole in the uncharged fluidic droplet (which may be initially charged or uncharged), and sorting or steering the droplet using an applied electric field.
  • the electric field may be an AC field, a DC field, etc.
  • a fluidic droplet may be directed by creating an electric charge (e.g., as previously described) on the droplet, and steering the droplet using an applied electric field, which may be an AC field, a DC field, etc.
  • an electric field maybe selectively applied and removed (or a different electric field may be applied) as needed to direct the fluidic droplet to a particular region.
  • the electric field may be selectively applied and removed as needed, in some embodiments, without substantially altering the flow of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet.
  • a liquid may flow on a substantially steady-state basis (i.e., the average flowrate of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet deviates by less than 20% or less than 15% of the steady-state flow or the expected value of the flow of liquid with respect to time, and in some cases, the average flowrate may deviate less than 10% or less than 5%) or other predetermined basis through a fluidic system of the invention (e.g., through a channel or a microchannel), and fluidic droplets contained within the liquid may be directed to various regions, e.g., using an electric field, without substantially altering the flow of the liquid through the fluidic system.
  • a substantially steady-state basis i.e., the average flowrate of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet deviates by less than 20% or less than 15% of the steady-state flow or the expected value of the flow of liquid with respect to time, and in some cases, the average flowrate may deviate less than 10% or less than 5%
  • a fluidic system of the invention e.g.
  • the fluidic droplets may be sorted into more than two channels. Alternately, a fluidic droplet may be sorted and/or split into two or more separate droplets, for example, depending on the particular application. Any of the above-described techniques may be used to spilt and/or sort droplets.
  • a fluidic droplet may be directed to a first region or channel; by applying (or removing) a second electric field to the device (or a portion thereof), the droplet may be directed to a second region or channel; by applying a third electric field to the device (or a portion thereof), the droplet may be directed to a third region or channel; etc., where the electric fields may differ in some way, for example, in intensity, direction, frequency, duration, etc.
  • each droplet may be independently sorted and/or split; for example, some droplets may be directed to one location or another, while other droplets may be split into multiple droplets directed to two or more locations.
  • At least about 1 droplet per second may be determined and/or sorted in some cases, and in other cases, at least about 10 droplets per second, at least about 20 droplets per second, at least about 30 droplets per second, at least about 100 droplets per second, at least about 200 droplets per second, at least about 300 droplets per second, at least about 500 droplets per second, at least about 750 droplets per second, at least about 1000 droplets per second, at least about 1500 droplets per second, at least about 2000 droplets per second, at least about 3000 droplets per second, at least about 5000 droplets per second, at least about 7500 droplets per second, at least about 10,000 droplets per second, at least about 15,000 droplets per second, at least about 20,000 droplets per second, at least about 30,000 droplets per second, at least about 50,000 droplets per second, at least about 75,000 droplets per second, at least about 100,000 droplets per second, at least about 150,000 droplets per second,
  • the present invention proposes methods for recovering aqueous phase components from aqueous emulsions that have been collected on a microfluidic device in a minimum number of steps and in a gentle manner so as to minimize potential damage to cell viability.
  • a stable aqueous sample droplet emulsion containing aqueous phase components in a continuous phase carrier fluid is allowed to cream to the top of the continuous phase carrier oil.
  • the continuous phase carrier fluid can include a perfluorocarbon oil that can have one or more stabilizing surfactants.
  • the aqueous emulsion rises to the top or separates from the continuous phase carrier fluid by virtue of the density of the continuous phase fluid being greater than that of the aqueous phase emulsion.
  • the perfluorocarbon oil used in one embodiment of the device is 1.8, compared to the density of the aqueous emulsion, which is 1.0.
  • the creamed emulsion is then placed onto a second continuous phase carrier fluid which contains a de-stabilizing surfactant, such as a perfluorinated alcohol (e.g., 1H, 1H,2H,2H-Perfluoro-1-octanol).
  • a de-stabilizing surfactant such as a perfluorinated alcohol (e.g., 1H, 1H,2H,2H-Perfluoro-1-octanol).
  • the second continuous phase carrier fluid can also be a perfluorocarbon oil.
  • Additional destabilizing surfactants and/or oil combinations can be identified or synthesized to be useful with this invention.
  • microfluidic devices of the present invention can further include one or more mixing modules, one or more delay modules, one or more acoustic actuators and/or UV-release modules, as described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142.
  • “about” or “approximately” shall generally mean within 20 percent, preferably within 10 percent, and more preferably within 5 percent of a given value or range.
  • molecule means any distinct or distinguishable structural unit of matter comprising one or more atoms, and includes for example polypeptides and polynucleotides.
  • polymer means any substance or compound that is composed of two or more building blocks (‘mers’) that are repetitively linked to each other.
  • a “dimer” is a compound in which two building blocks have been joined together.
  • polynucleotide refers to a polymeric molecule having a backbone that supports bases capable of hydrogen bonding to typical polynucleotides, where the polymer backbone presents the bases in a manner to permit such hydrogen bonding in a sequence specific fashion between the polymeric molecule and a typical polynucleotide (e.g., single-stranded DNA).
  • bases are typically inosine, adenosine, guanosine, cytosine, uracil and thymidine.
  • Polymeric molecules include double and single stranded RNA and DNA, and backbone modifications thereof, for example, methylphosphonate linkages.
  • nucleotide sequence is a series of nucleotide bases (also called “nucleotides”) generally in DNA and RNA, and means any chain of two or more nucleotides.
  • a nucleotide sequence typically carries genetic information, including the information used by cellular machinery to make proteins and enzymes. These terms include double or single stranded genomic and cDNA, RNA, any synthetic and genetically manipulated polynucleotide, and both sense and anti-sense polynucleotide (although only sense stands are being represented herein).
  • PNA protein nucleic acids
  • the polynucleotides herein may be flanked by natural regulatory sequences, or may be associated with heterologous sequences, including promoters, enhancers, response elements, signal sequences, polyadenylation sequences, introns, 5′- and 3′-non-coding regions, and the like.
  • the nucleic acids may also be modified by many means known in the art.
  • Non-limiting examples of such modifications include methylation, “caps”, substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, and internucleotide modifications such as, for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoroamidates, carbamates, etc.) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.).
  • uncharged linkages e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoroamidates, carbamates, etc.
  • charged linkages e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.
  • Polynucleotides may contain one or more additional covalently linked moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, poly-L-lysine, etc.), intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), chelators (e.g., metals, radioactive metals, iron, oxidative metals, etc.), and alkylators.
  • the polynucleotides may be derivatized by formation of a methyl or ethyl phosphotriester or an alkyl phosphoramidate linkage.
  • the polynucleotides herein may also be modified with a label capable of providing a detectable signal, either directly or indirectly. Exemplary labels include radioisotopes, fluorescent molecules, biotin, and the like.
  • dielectrophoretic force gradient means a dielectrophoretic force is exerted on an object in an electric field provided that the object has a different dielectric constant than the surrounding media. This force can either pull the object into the region of larger field or push it out of the region of larger field. The force is attractive or repulsive depending respectively on whether the object or the surrounding media has the larger dielectric constant.
  • DNA deoxyribonucleic acid
  • DNA means any chain or sequence of the chemical building blocks adenine (A), guanine (G), cytosine (C) and thymine (T), called nucleotide bases, that are linked together on a deoxyribose sugar backbone.
  • DNA can have one strand of nucleotide bases, or two complimentary strands which may form a double helix structure.
  • RNA ribonucleic acid
  • RNA ribonucleic acid
  • RNA typically has one strand of nucleotide bases.
  • a “polypeptide” (one or more peptides) is a chain of chemical building blocks called amino acids that are linked together by chemical bonds called peptide bonds.
  • a “protein” is a polypeptide produced by a living organism.
  • a protein or polypeptide may be “native” or “wild-type”, meaning that it occurs in nature; or it may be a “mutant”, “variant” or “modified”, meaning that it has been made, altered, derived, or is in some way different or changed from a native protein, or from another mutant.
  • an “enzyme” is a polypeptide molecule, usually a protein produced by a living organism, that catalyzes chemical reactions of other substances. The enzyme is not itself altered or destroyed upon completion of the reaction, and can therefore be used repeatedly to catalyze reactions.
  • a “substrate” refers to any substance upon which an enzyme acts.
  • particles means any substance that may be encapsulated within a droplet for analysis, reaction, sorting, or any operation according to the invention.
  • Particles are not only objects such as microscopic beads (e.g., chromatographic and fluorescent beads), latex, glass, silica or paramagnetic beads, but also includes other encapsulating porous and/or biomaterials such as liposomes, vesicles and other emulsions. Beads ranging in size from 0.1 micron to 1 mm can be used in the devices and methods of the invention and are therefore encompassed with the term “particle” as used herein.
  • the term particle also encompasses biological cells, as well as beads and other microscopic objects of similar size (e.g., from about 0.1 to 120 microns, and typically from about 1 to 50 microns) or smaller (e.g., from about 0.1 to 150 nm).
  • the devices and methods of the invention are also directed to sorting and/or analyzing molecules of any kind, including polynucleotides, polypeptides and proteins (including enzymes) and their substrates and small molecules (organic or inorganic).
  • the term particle further encompasses these materials.
  • the particles are sorted and/or analyzed by encapsulating the particles into individual droplets (e.g., droplets of aqueous solution in oil), and these droplets are then sorted, combined and/or analyzed in a microfabricated device.
  • droplets generally includes anything that is or can be contained within a droplet.
  • a “small molecule” or “small molecule chemical compound” as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition that has a molecular weight of less than 500 Daltons. Small molecules are distinguished from polynucleotides, polypeptides, carbohydrates and lipids.
  • cell means any cell or cells, as well as viruses or any other particles having a microscopic size, e.g. a size that is similar to or smaller than that of a biological cell, and includes any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell, e.g., bacteria, fungi, plant and animal cells.
  • Cells are typically spherical, but can also be elongated, flattened, deformable and asymmetrical, i.e., non-spherical.
  • the size or diameter of a cell typically ranges from about 0.1 to 120 microns, and typically is from about 1 to 50 microns.
  • a cell may be living or dead.
  • the microfabricated device of the invention is directed to sorting materials having a size similar to a biological cell (e.g. about 0.1 to 120 microns) or smaller (e.g., about 0.1 to 150 nm) any material having a size similar to or smaller than a biological cell can be characterized and sorted using the microfabricated device of the invention.
  • the term cell shall further include microscopic beads (such as chromatographic and fluorescent beads), liposomes, emulsions, or any other encapsulating biomaterials and porous materials.
  • Non-limiting examples include latex, glass, or paramagnetic beads; and vesicles such as emulsions and liposomes, and other porous materials such as silica beads.
  • Beads ranging in size from 0.1 micron to 1 mm can also be used, for example in sorting a library of compounds produced by combinatorial chemistry.
  • a cell may be charged or uncharged.
  • charged beads may be used to facilitate flow or detection, or as a reporter.
  • Biological cells, living or dead may be charged for example by using a surfactant, such as SDS (sodium dodecyl sulfate).
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • the term cell further encompasses “virions”, whether or not virions are expressly mentioned.
  • a “virion”, “virus particle” is the complete particle of a virus.
  • Viruses typically comprise a nucleic acid core (comprising DNA or RNA) and, in certain viruses, a protein coat or “capsid”. Certain viruses may have an outer protein covering called an “envelope”.
  • a virion may be either living (i.e., “viable”) or dead (i.e., “non-viable”).
  • a living or “viable” virus is one capable of infecting a living cell.
  • Viruses are generally smaller than biological cells and typically range in size from about 20-25 nm diameter or less (parvoviridae, picomoviridae) to approximately 200-450 nm (poxviridae).
  • filamentous viruses may reach lengths of 2000 nm (closterviruses) and are therefore larger than some bacterial cells.
  • the microfabricated device of the invention is particularly suited for sorting materials having a size similar to a virus (i.e., about 0.1 to 150 nm)
  • any material having a size similar to a virion can be characterized and sorted using the microfabricated device of the invention.
  • Non-limiting examples include latex, glass or paramagnetic beads; vesicles such as emulsions and liposomes; and other porous materials such as silica beads. Beads ranging in size from 0.1 to 150 nm can also be used, for example, in sorting a library of compounds produced by combinatorial chemistry.
  • a virion may be charged or uncharged.
  • charged beads may be used to facilitate flow or detection, or as a reporter.
  • Biological viruses whether viable or non-viable, may be charged, for example, by using a surfactant, such as SDS.
  • a “reporter” is any molecule, or a portion thereof, that is detectable, or measurable, for example, by optical detection.
  • the reporter associates with a molecule, cell or virion or with a particular marker or characteristic of the molecule, cell or virion, or is itself detectable to permit identification of the molecule, cell or virion's, or the presence or absence of a characteristic of the molecule, cell or virion.
  • characteristics include size, molecular weight, the presence or absence of particular constituents or moieties (such as particular nucleotide sequences or restrictions sites).
  • reporter In the case of cells, characteristics which may be marked by a reporter includes antibodies, proteins and sugar moieties, receptors, polynucleotides, and fragments thereof.
  • label can be used interchangeably with “reporter”.
  • the reporter is typically a dye, fluorescent, ultraviolet, or chemiluminescent agent, chromophore, or radio-label, any of which may be detected with or without some kind of stimulatory event, e.g., fluoresce with or without a reagent.
  • the reporter is a protein that is optically detectable without a device, e.g. a laser, to stimulate the reporter, such as horseradish peroxidase (HRP).
  • HRP horseradish peroxidase
  • a protein reporter can be expressed in the cell that is to be detected, and such expression may be indicative of the presence of the protein or it can indicate the presence of another protein that may or may not be coexpressed with the reporter.
  • a reporter may also include any substance on or in a cell that causes a detectable reaction, for example by acting as a starting material, reactant or a catalyst for a reaction which produces a detectable product. Cells may be sorted, for example, based on the presence of the substance, or on the ability of the cell to produce the detectable product when the reporter substance is provided.
  • a “marker” is a characteristic of a molecule, cell or virion that is detectable or is made detectable by a reporter, or which may be coexpressed with a reporter.
  • a marker can be particular constituents or moieties, such as restrictions sites or particular nucleic acid sequences in the case of polynucleotides.
  • characteristics may include a protein, including enzyme, receptor and ligand proteins, saccharides, polynucleotides, and combinations thereof, or any biological material associated with a cell or virion.
  • the product of an enzymatic reaction may also be used as a marker.
  • the marker may be directly or indirectly associated with the reporter or can itself be a reporter.
  • a marker is generally a distinguishing feature of a molecule, cell or virion
  • a reporter is generally an agent which directly or indirectly identifies or permits measurement of a marker.
  • Microfluidic devices were prepared by standard soft lithography techniques (Xia, Y. N., and Whitesides, G. M., Ann. Rev. Mat. Sci. 28: 153-184, 1998) in poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS) with channel depths of 20 ⁇ m.
  • PDMS poly(dimethylsiloxane)
  • the PDMS was treated in an oxygen plasma oven (Gala Instrumente) and bound to a glass slide.
  • the surface was treated with Trichloro(1H,1H,2H,2H-perfluorooctyl)silane from Aldrich, 20 ⁇ l dissolved in 1 ml HFE-7100 (3M).
  • the aqueous phase was pure water (Milli-Q grade, 18MQ), the oil phase was FC40, which (i) does not cause PDMS swelling and (ii) does not solubilize most nonfluorinated organic molecules and thereby hinders the exchange of molecules between droplets through phase partitioning.
  • the continuous stream of droplets in surfactant loaded oil is subsequently subjected to several actively controlled extractions of the continuous fluorinated oil phase and injections of pure oil (See, FIG. 1 ).
  • This apparatus and method first reduces the volume fraction of surfactant loaded oil, thus densifying the droplets in the main channel after the extraction.
  • Subsequent injection of pure oil dilutes the surfactant in the continuous phase.
  • This injection of pure oil also serves to respace the droplets. This can be repeated several times, which reduces the micellar concentration considerably. Additional oil extractions can be added to control the droplet density in the delay line. (See, the right margin of FIG. 1 ).
  • droplets are produced and then transferred from the surfactant loaded oil stream into a surfactant free oil stream making use of the laminar flow conditions in a microfluidic device.
  • the focus is to switch the droplets in an exchange chamber from one laminar oil stream to an adjacent laminar stream.
  • the aqueous droplets leave the surfactant loaded oil stream after a period of time sufficiently long to stabilize the interface and enter a surfactant free oil stream.
  • the droplets are now in a completely micelle free environment and even if surfactant detaches from the interface and enters the continuous phase, this process is slow and will end when the CMC is reached.
  • a schematic design of the exchange chamber is illustrated in FIG. 3 .
  • the droplets enter the chamber from the lower left and their stream (surfactant loaded oil and aqueous droplets) is paralleled by a stream of pure oil, entering from the lower right. Due to the laminar flow regime the surfactant is not mixed with the pure oil as its diffusion perpendicular to the flow lines is limited. The laminar flow (dotted line) is generated and the flow rates of the two stream are adjusted such that a considerable amount of pure oil enters the “waste” channel (upper left) to avoid a transfer of the surfactant loaded oil stream into the droplet/surfactant free stream extraction channel (upper right).
  • the desired pathway of the droplets is shown as by the solid arrow.
  • the actual switching of the droplets from one stream to another can be achieved by various means, including, but not limited to, obstacles (e.g. pillars), 3D structures (e.g. vertical traps), and electrical fields (e.g. by dielectrophoresis).
  • obstacles e.g. pillars
  • 3D structures e.g. vertical traps
  • electrical fields e.g. by dielectrophoresis
  • FIG. 4 The concept of pillars is shown in FIG. 4 .
  • Two simple pillars within the microfluidic channel serve as obstacles in the surfactant loaded oil stream and randomize the droplet flow such that about 50% of droplets enter the extraction channel (See, FIG. 4 , Panel A).
  • Limitations of the simple pillar concept are that large droplets tend to split. This splitting can be reduced by either reducing the velocities of the droplets (which is limited by the geometry of the flow focusing apparatus) or the use of more sophisticated pillar shapes with a design analogous to those used in aerodynamics where the pressure profiles are less pronounced at the edges (See, FIG. 4 , Panels B and C).
  • the photograph in Panel A shows surfactant oil flowing at 20 ⁇ l/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 20 ⁇ l/h and pure oil flowing at 100 ⁇ l/h.
  • the photograph in Panel B shows surfactant oil flowing at 50 ⁇ l/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 50 ⁇ l/h and pure oil flowing at 300 ⁇ l/h.
  • FIG. 5 Panel A shows a single ladder design.
  • the photograph in Panel A shows surfactant oil flowing at 50 ⁇ l/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 20 ⁇ l/h and pure oil flowing at 100 ⁇ l/h.
  • FIG. 5 Panel B shows a double ladder design to increase efficiency and minimize loss.
  • the photograph in Panel B shows surfactant oil flowing at 50 ⁇ l/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 50 ⁇ l/h and pure oil flowing at 300 ⁇ l/h.
  • Panel C shows additional ladder element designs. The number of wasted droplets and droplet breakup can indeed be reduced with this design, especially in the case of double ladder arrangements.
  • a surfactant filter was designed (See, schematic in FIG. 6 , Left Panel).
  • the surfactant loaded oil stream is gently evacuated and where the droplets are not subjected to a pathway that induces multiple shear forces on the droplets as is the case for obstacles.
  • droplets shift with no loss (middle Panel) and the surfactant is completely filtered (dark flow lines in the right Panel, the flow lines made visible by ink in the water.
  • the photograph in Panel B shows surfactant oil flowing at 70 ⁇ l/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 50 ⁇ l/h and pure oil flowing at 800 ⁇ l/h.
  • the photograph in Panel C shows ink in the water flowing at 70 ⁇ l/h and pure oil flowing at 400 ⁇ l/h. This design completely eliminates the loss of droplets into the waste channel even at high flow rates and when using large droplets while the surfactant loaded oil stream is completely evacuated.
  • droplets are created and directed into a reservoir (e.g., vial or other container) that is mounted on top of the microfluidic device (See, FIG. 8 ).
  • This reservoir is filled with pure oil and thus the aqueous droplets will cream/rise towards the top of the reservoir due to the high buoyancy force of water in fluorinated oil (the density difference is about 1.7).
  • pure oil is injected from the top of the reservoir which creates a stream of pure oil in the inverse direction of the creaming droplets.
  • the outlet of the reservoir necessary to avoid an over pressure, is also at the bottom.
  • the principle of this device is to transfer the droplets to a surfactant free environment and to continuously wash them in this environment.
  • the emulsion can be stored in this reservoir for long periods of time (longer than in on-chip delay lines) and be reinjected.
  • the reinjection is achieved by inverting the flow directions: pure oil is pushed from both bottom inlets of the reservoir and the emulsion leaves the reservoir via the top tubing.
  • FIG. 8 Panel B, droplets are created at point A and leave the microfluidic channel through a hole to enter the reservoir at point B.
  • the reservoir is filled with surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil and a constant flow of oil maintained during the droplet production from top to bottom by injection oil at point F through the tubing that connects points E and C.
  • FIG. 8 Panel B, droplets are created at point A and leave the microfluidic channel through a hole to enter the reservoir at point B.
  • the reservoir is filled with surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil and a constant flow of oil maintained during the droplet production from top to bottom by injection oil at point F through the tubing that connects points E and C.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physical Or Chemical Processes And Apparatus (AREA)
  • Colloid Chemistry (AREA)
  • Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention generally relates to systems and methods to create stable emulsions with low rates of exchange of molecules between microdroplets.

Description

    FIELD OF INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to systems and methods to create stable emulsions with low rates of exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The manipulation of fluids to form fluid streams of desired configuration, discontinuous fluid streams, droplets, particles, dispersions, etc., for purposes of fluid delivery, product manufacture, analysis, and the like, is a relatively well-studied art. Microfluidic systems have been described in a variety of contexts, typically in the context of miniaturized laboratory (e.g., clinical) analysis. Other uses have been described as well. For example, WO 01/89788; WO 2006/040551; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0005254; WO 2006/040554; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0184489; WO 2004/002627; U.S. Pat. No. 7,708,949; WO 2008/063227; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142; WO 2004/091763; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0163385; WO 2005/021151; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0003442; WO 2006/096571; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0131543; WO 2007/089541; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0195127; WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2007/133710 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0014589. Each of these patents and publications is incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
  • Precision manipulation of streams of fluids with microfluidic devices is revolutionizing many fluid-based technologies. Networks of small channels are a flexible platform for the precision manipulation of small amounts of fluids. However, virtually all microfluidic devices are based on flows of streams of fluids; this sets a limit on the smallest volume of reagent that can effectively be used because of the contaminating effects of diffusion and surface adsorption. As the dimensions of small volumes shrink, diffusion becomes the dominant mechanism for mixing, leading to dispersion of reactants; moreover, surface adsorption of reactants, while small, can be highly detrimental when the concentrations are low and volumes are small. As a result, current microfluidic technologies cannot be reliably used for applications involving minute quantities of reagent; for example, bioassays on single cells or library searches involving single beads are not easily performed. However, essentially all enabling technology for microfluidic systems developed thus far has focused on single phase fluid flow and there are few equivalent active means to manipulate droplets requiring the development of droplet handling technology. While significant advances have been made in dynamics at the macro- or microfluidic scale, improved techniques and the results of these techniques are still needed. For example, as the scale of these reactors shrinks, contamination effects due to surface adsorption and diffusion limit the smallest quantities that can be used. Additionally, in single phase microfluidic systems the laminar flow in microfluidic devices the concentration of reagents is continually changing in the microchannels due to diffusion and the parabolic flow profile and cross contamination from one droplet sample to another can create serious problems and limit the effectiveness of many biological and chemical assays. These limitations demand new fluid-handling technology.
  • An alternate approach that overcomes these limitations is the use of aqueous droplets in an immiscible carrier fluid. Droplets provide the ideal microcapsule that can isolate reactive materials, cells, or small particles for further manipulation and study. However, it is necessary that the droplets be both stable against coalescence and that exchange of molecules between droplets is prevented or limited over the time scale of the experiment. The present invention overcomes the current limitations in the field by providing apparatuses and methods for stabilizing droplets against coalescence and to prevent, or limit, the exchange of molecules between droplets to perform various biological and chemical assays efficiently and effectively, especially at high speeds.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides a method which includes: (a) providing within a carrier fluid a plurality of microdroplets including a first microdroplet including a first biological or chemical material and a second microdroplet including a second biological or chemical material, where the carrier fluid is immiscible with the first microdroplet and second microdroplet and includes a first oil and a first surfactant at a first concentration within the first oil; (b) changing the carrier fluid, in the presence of the plurality of microdroplets, by changing (i) some or all of the first oil for a second oil, (ii) some or all of the first surfactant for a second surfactant, (iii) the first concentration to a second concentration, or any combination of (i), (ii) and/or (iii).
  • The method can further include step (c): providing a microfluidic device and where step (a) further includes providing the plurality of microdroplets and the carrier fluid in the microfluidic device and/or step (b) further includes changing the carrier fluid within the microfluidic device.
  • The first biological or chemical material and/or the second biological or chemical material can include a tissue, cell, particle, protein, antibody, amino acid, nucleotide, small molecule, pharmaceutical, and/or label.
  • The first concentration is sufficient to stabilize the microdroplets against coalescing with each other in the first carrier fluid. Preferably, the first concentration prevents coalescence of the microdroplets. The first concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the microdroplets over a time frame determined by a reaction and/or detection of the one or more biological and/or chemical materials.
  • The second concentration is sufficient to reduce exchange of the first biological or chemical material from the first microdroplet to the second microdroplet, or of the second biological or chemical material from the second microdroplet to the first microdroplet. The second concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the droplets over a time frame determined by generation and/or use of the first microdroplet and the second microdroplet in one or more libraries.
  • Step (b) can include changing the first concentration to the second concentration at least in part by providing the second oil substantially free of the first surfactant.
  • The present invention also provides a method including: (a) generating a plurality of aqueous microdroplets in a continuous phase in a microfluidic device, where the first continuous phase includes a high concentration of a surfactant; and (b) exchanging the first continuous phase containing the high concentration of surfactant for a second continuous phase containing no surfactant or a reduced concentration of surfactant.
  • Step (b) can be performed within the microfluidic device. Step (b) can be accomplished, at least in part, by shifting the microdroplets from the first continuous phase into a stream of the second continuous phase. The shifting can be accomplished by using obstacles, changing channel depth, by dielectrophoresis, or by buoyancy.
  • Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
  • Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and claims.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
  • Non-limiting embodiments of the present invention will be described by way of example with reference to the accompanying drawings, which are schematic and are not intended to be drawn to scale. In the drawings, each identical or nearly identical component illustrated is typically represented by a single numeral. For the purposes of clarity, not every component is labeled in every drawing, nor is every component of each embodiment of the invention shown where illustration is not necessary to allow those of ordinary skill in the art to understand the invention.
  • FIG. 1 contains a photograph and accompanying schematic illustrating an actively controlled oil exchange apparatus.
  • FIG. 2 contains a graph showing the exchange of small fluorescent molecules between droplets within a microfluidic device.
  • FIG. 3 contains a schematic illustrating a passive droplet shifting exchange chamber.
  • FIG. 4 contains several schematics and accompanying photographs illustrating several different obstacle/pillar designs for passive droplet shifting.
  • FIG. 5 contains several schematics and accompanying photographs illustrating several different obstacle/pillar ladder designs for passive droplet shifting.
  • FIG. 6 contains a schematic and accompanying photographs illustrating a surfactant filter design for passive droplet shifting.
  • FIG. 7 contains several schematics and accompanying photographs illustrating a three-dimensional shifting design (Panel A) and a dielectrophoresis shifting design for passive droplet shifting.
  • FIG. 8 contains several schematics illustrating an external reservoir design for passive droplet shifting.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The compartmentalization of assays in wells makes microtitre-plates the most flexible and most widely used screening platform in use today. However, reducing assay volumes to below 1-2 μl is problematic (Mayr, L. M., and Fuerst, P., J Biomol Screen 13: 443-448, 2008) and the maximum throughput, even when using sophisticated (and expensive) robotic handling, is little more than 1 s−1.
  • One option is to use microdroplets in water-in-oil emulsions as microreactors: the droplets have volumes 103 to 109 times smaller than the smallest working volume in a microtitre plate well. In vitro compartmentalization (IVC) (Tawfik, D. S., and Griffiths, A. D., Nat Biotechnol 16: 652-656, 1998) of reactions in emulsions was initially developed for directed evolution and has allowed the selection of a wide range of proteins and RNAs for binding, catalytic and regulatory activities (Griffiths, A. D., and Tawfik, D. S., Trends Biotechnol 24: 395-402, 2006; Kelly et al., Chem Commun (Camb), 1773-1788, 2007; Taly et al., Chembiochem 8: 263-272, 2007).
  • Other applications rapidly followed, notably massively parallel PCR of single DNA molecules (emulsion PCR). The principle of emulsion PCR is to divide a normal PCR mixture between the aqueous droplets of a water-in-oil emulsion such that there is, in most cases, not more than one template DNA molecule per droplet (Dressman et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 100: 8817-8822, 2003; Nakano et al., J Biotechnol 102: 117-124, 2003). The emulsion is then thermo-cycled and each template DNA molecules is amplified in a separate droplet. This technique for performing massive numbers of single-molecule PCRs in parallel has been used for single-molecule reverse-transcription PCR (Nakano et al., J Biosci Bioeng 99: 293-295, 2005), the detection and enumeration of rare genetic mutations (Dressman et al., 2003), haplotyping (Wetmur et al., Nucleic Acids Res 33: 2615-2619, 2005), and the high-throughput screening of transcription factor targets (Kojima et al., Nucleic Acids Res 33: e150, 2005). Emulsion PCR is also the system used for two commercial ‘next-generation’ ultra-high-throughput DNA sequencing systems, the Genome Sequencer FLX (Roche) and SOLiD (ABI) systems (Mardis, E. R., Trends Genet 24: 133-141, 2008).
  • In parallel, development of microfluidic systems have developed, which consist of networks of channels of typically 10-100 μm diameter. Small quantities of reagents can be brought together in a specific sequence, mixed and allowed to react for a specified time in a controlled region of the reactor channel network using electrokinetic and/or hydrodynamic pumping. These systems are being developed for use in several areas, including diagnostics and organic synthesis (Fletcher et al., Tetrahedron 58: 4735-4757, 2002) and sophisticated microfluidic array chips containing thousands of compartments separated by valves have been created for high-throughput screening (Thorsen et al., Science 298: 580-584, 2002). Commercial microfluidic lab-on-a chip systems already represent a serious competing technology for microtitre plates for certain types of screening applications.
  • However, both IVC of reactions in bulk emulsions and single phase microfluidic systems have certain limitations. The relatively high polydispersity of bulk emulsions makes quantitative experiments difficult as the microreactors (droplets) are not all the same volume. Furthermore, it is difficult to add reagents to pre-droplets (Griffiths and Tawfik, 2006), which limits the range of assays that can be performed. In single phase microfluidic systems the laminar flow in microfluidic devices creates two problems (Song et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 42: 767-772, 2003): first, mixing is slow; second, the concentration of reagents is changing continually in the microchannels due to diffusion and the parabolic flow profile. Additionally, cross contamination from one sample to another can create serious problems.
  • These problems can be overcome by combining IVC and microfluidics to create droplet-based microfluidic systems in which the individual assays are compartmentalized in droplet microreactors.
  • Microfluidic modules have been developed which can make highly uniform microdroplets (Umbanhowar et al., Langmuir 16: 347-351, 2000; Thorsen et al., Phys. Rev. Letts. 86: 4163-4166, 2001; Anna et al., Applied Physics Letters 82: 364-366, 2003), fuse droplets (Song et al., 2003; Link et al., Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 45: 2556-2560, 2006), mix the contents (Song, H., and Ismagilov, R. F., J Am Chem Soc 125: 14613-14619, 2003), incubate droplets in delay lines (Song, H., and Ismagilov, R F., 2003), split droplets (Song et al., 2003; Link et al., Phys. Rev. Letts. 92: 054503, 2004), detect fluorescence in droplets and sort droplets (Link et al., Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 45: 2556-2560, 2006; Ahn et al., Applied Physics Letters 88: Art. No. 024104, 2006), all at kHz frequencies. It has been shown that biological tests like enzymatic assays and even single cell experiments can be performed in droplets (Clausell-Tormos et al., Chem Biol 15: 427-437, 2008; Koster et al., Lab on a Chip 8: 1110-1115, 2008). Furthermore, integrated droplet-based microfluidic system can be created in which multiple microfluidic modules are integrated onto a single microfluidic chip (see for example (Frenz et al., Lab on a Chip 9: 1344-1348, 2008; Mazutis et al., Anal Chem 81: 4813-4821, 2009; Mazutis et al., Lab Chip 9: 2902-2908, 2009)).
  • Droplet-based microfluidic systems have potential applications in many areas, including, but not limited to, organic and inorganic synthesis, protein engineering, directed evolution, high-throughput screening for drug discovery, screening and directed evolution of antibodies and antibody fragments, diagnostics and sequencing.
  • However, in order to use microdroplets as independent microreactors it is essential that the microdroplets are stable over the time of the experiment and, in some cases, it is necessary to prevent or limit the exchange of molecules between droplets. For example, many biological assays are based on the generation of fluorescent molecules, which must remain within the droplet where such molecules are produced. Additionally, in the case of screening of chemical compound libraries, the chemical compounds being tested must remain within the droplet in which they are encapsulated.
  • In droplet-based microfluidic experiments the droplets have to be stabilized against coalescence upon first contact. This is achieved by adding surface active components, surfactants, to the mixture. The role of the surfactants is to act against the a-priori metastable state of a macro-emulsion. In the case of microfluidic-generated emulsions, stabilization of the emulsion is a function of both the time required for the surfactant molecules move to the interface and the concentration of the surfactant (Baret et al., Langmuir 25: 6088-6093, 2009). In contrast to classical emulsification techniques, the flow focusing junction is the singular place where droplets are formed and therefore all coalescence event afterwards are irreversible. The surfactants in use in microfluidic setups are usually solubilized in the continuous phase and their hydrophilic head group is designed to be very hydrophilic. From these specific constraints follow two consequences: first the molecules show a very low critical micellar concentration (CMC) and second they are present at high concentration to rapidly stabilize the droplet interface. Thus, it is frequently necessary to work at concentrations of about 200 times the CMC which leads to a large excess of surfactant molecules in the continuous phase. A consequence of the presence of these micelles is that small molecules, while not being soluble in the oil phase alone, may interact with the excess surfactant and therefore enter the continuous phase and eventually exchange from one droplet to another.
  • There are two main mechanisms for molecules to leave an aqueous droplet: the first is the simple leakage into the continuous oil phase though the surfactant membrane stabilizing the droplets against coalescence. This type of loss is referred to as partitioning and is quantified by a partitioning coefficient, log P, that is defined as the logarithm of the ratio of concentrations of compound between the two phases (usually octanol and water). It depends mainly on the hydrophilicity of the compound and thus hydrophobic compounds would easily partition into a hydrocarbon based oil phase. This mechanism usually depletes the droplet of its content but does not necessarily lead to exchange between droplets. One way to avoid this kind of leakage is to use a fluorinated oil as the continuous phase since fluorinated liquids are both hydro- and lipophobic and by suitably choosing the oil, partitioning can be completely removed. Non-fluorinated molecules are essentially completely insoluble in and immiscible in perfluorocarbon carrier oils (Hudlicky, M., and Pavlath, A. E., Chemistry of Organic Fluorine Compounds IL A Critical Review. (Washington: American Chemical Society). 52, 1997; Li et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 103: 19243-19248, 2009).
  • The second mechanisms of leakage is a carrier based transport via micelles. These micelles are present above the CMC and, as they are designed to stabilize a water-oil interface, hydrophilic in their interior. All surfactants are in constant dynamic equilibrium between the droplet interface and the micelles. Small hydrophilic and even lipophilic compounds whose structure is compatible with the surfactant can thus move from the droplet to a micelle and re-enter another droplet later. This leads to considerable exchange of compounds between droplets which can be fast (e.g., 7-amino-4-methyl-coumarin, τ=2 min), slow (e.g., resorufin, τ=1 h) or undetectable (e.g., fluorescein) depend on the compound. This, for example, renders fluorogenic assays based on detecting coumarin impossible, and limits fluorogenic enzymatic assays based on detecting resorufin to incubation times of just a few minutes.
  • By limiting the surfactant concentrations to values equal or below the CMC, where simply no micelles are present, carrier-based transport of molecules between droplets can be eliminated; however, droplets produced by flow focusing in a microfluidic chip at such low surfactant concentrations are not stabilized and coalesce instantly upon contact (Baret et al., Langmuir 25: 6088-6093, 2009). The present invention addresses these problems in the art by providing methods and systems for removing, or at least reducing, the number of micelles in the continuous phase after surfactant-stabilized droplets have been produced by flow focusing within the microfluidic device.
  • Methods for Reducing Droplet Molecule Exchange
  • The present invention provides a method which includes: (a) providing within a carrier fluid a plurality of microdroplets including a first microdroplet including a first biological or chemical material and a second microdroplet including a second biological or chemical material, where the carrier fluid is immiscible with the first microdroplet and second microdroplet and includes a first oil and a first surfactant at a first concentration within the first oil; (b) changing the carrier fluid, in the presence of the plurality of microdroplets, by changing (i) some or all of the first oil for a second oil, (ii) some or all of the first surfactant for a second surfactant, (iii) the first concentration to a second concentration, or any combination of (i), (ii) and/or (iii).
  • The method can further include step (c): providing a microfluidic device and where step (a) further includes providing the plurality of microdroplets and the carrier fluid in the microfluidic device and/or step (b) further includes changing the carrier fluid within the microfluidic device.
  • The first biological or chemical material and/or the second biological or chemical material can include a tissue, cell, particle, protein, antibody, amino acid, nucleotide, small molecule, pharmaceutical, and/or label.
  • The first concentration is sufficient to stabilize the microdroplets against coalescing with each other in the first carrier fluid. Preferably, the first concentration prevents coalescence of the microdroplets. The first concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the microdroplets over a time frame determined by a reaction and/or detection of the one or more biological and/or chemical materials.
  • The second concentration is sufficient to reduce exchange of the first biological or chemical material from the first microdroplet to the second microdroplet, or of the second biological or chemical material from the second microdroplet to the first microdroplet. The second concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the droplets over a time frame determined by generation and/or use of the first microdroplet and the second microdroplet in one or more libraries.
  • Step (b) can include changing the first concentration to the second concentration at least in part by providing the second oil substantially free of the first surfactant.
  • The present invention also provides a method including: (a) generating a plurality of aqueous microdroplets in a continuous phase in a microfluidic device, where the first continuous phase includes a high concentration of a surfactant; and (b) exchanging the first continuous phase containing the high concentration of surfactant for a second continuous phase containing no surfactant or a reduced concentration of surfactant.
  • Step (b) can be performed within the microfluidic device. Step (b) can be accomplished, at least in part, by shifting the microdroplets from the first continuous phase into a stream of the second continuous phase. The shifting can be accomplished by using obstacles, changing channel depth, by dielectrophoresis, or by buoyancy.
  • The present invention provides a method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the immiscible second fluid, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant, wherein the surfactant prevents coalescence between the droplets; and reducing the concentration of the surfactant in the immiscible second fluid, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • The present invention also provides a method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; and reducing the concentration of the surfactant in the second fluid, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • The present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including a channel; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within the microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; removing the second fluid including at least one surfactant from the microfluidic channel; and providing an third fluid substantially free of surfactants to the microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • The present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a third fluid substantially free of surfactants to within a second microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; providing a droplet exchange region wherein the at least first channel and the at least second channels merge, wherein the region comprises at least one obstacle; and permitting the plurality of droplets to flow from the second fluid including at least one surfactant to the third fluid substantially free of surfactants, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • The present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a third fluid substantially free of surfactants to within a second microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; providing a droplet exchange region wherein the at least first channel and the at least second channels merge, wherein the region comprises a filter; and permitting the plurality of droplets to flow from the second fluid including at least one surfactant to the third fluid substantially free of surfactants, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • The present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a third fluid substantially free of surfactants to within a second microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; providing a droplet exchange region wherein the at least first channel and the at least second channels merge, wherein the region comprises increased channel dimensions; and directing the plurality of droplets to flow in the increased channel dimensions from the second fluid including at least one surfactant to the third fluid substantially free of surfactants, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • The present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a third fluid substantially free of surfactants to within a second microfluidic channel, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; providing a droplet exchange region wherein the at least first channel and the at least second channels merge, wherein the region comprises an electric field; and inducing dipoles within the droplets of the plurality to direct the flow of the droplets from the second fluid including at least one surfactant to the third fluid substantially free of surfactants, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • The present invention also provides method for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets including, providing a microfluidic substrate including at least two channels; providing a first fluid including a plurality of biological or chemical molecules; providing a second fluid including at least one surfactant, wherein the second fluid is immiscible with the first fluid; producing a plurality of droplets of the first fluid including the plurality of biological or chemical molecules within the second fluid within a first microfluidic channel, wherein the droplets are coated with the surfactant; providing a reservoir in fluidic communication with the first microfluidic channel, wherein the reservoir comprises a third fluid substantially free of surfactants, wherein the third fluid is immiscible with the plurality of droplets of the first fluid; directing the plurality of droplets into a first end of the reservoir; continuously providing the third fluid substantially free of surfactants to the reservoir including the droplets; removing the droplets from a second end of the reservoir, wherein the first and second ends are opposing; directing the droplets from the reservoir to a second microfluidic channel within the substrate, thereby reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets.
  • The first fluid is preferably an aqueous fluid. The second fluid and the third fluid can be an oil. Preferably, the oil is a fluorinated oil. Each droplet in the plurality can include no more than one biological or chemical molecule. Alternatively, each droplet in the plurality includes a plurality of biological or chemical molecules. Preferably, the biological or chemical molecule is selected from the group consisting of tissues, cells, particles, proteins, antibodies, amino acids, nucleotides, small molecule compounds, and pharmaceuticals. Preferably, the biological or chemical compound is a small molecule compound of less than 2000 kDa, which is free of nucleic acids or amino acids. More preferably, the biological or chemical compound is a small molecule compound of less than 500 kDa, which is free of nucleic acids or amino acids.
  • The surfactant can be a fluorosurfactant. The fluorosurfactant can be a block copolymer consisting of one or more perfluorinated polyether (PFPE) blocks and one or more polyethylene glycol (PEG) blocks. Preferably, the fluorosurfactant is a triblock copolymer consisting of a PEG center block covalently bound to two PFPE blocks by amide linking groups. The fluorosurfactant can have a tail comprising a perfluorinated polyether (PFPE) and hydrophilic head comprising dimorpholinophosphate (DMP) or ammonium carboxylate R24 (See, Clausell-Tormos et al., Chem Biol 15: 427-437, 2008; Loeker et al., Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects 214: 143-150, 2003). Preferably, the fluorosurfactant can have a tail comprising a perfluorinated polyether (PFPE) and hydrophilic head comprising ammonium carboxylate.
  • Preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 5% surfactants; more preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 1% surfactants; most preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 0.5% surfactants.
  • Preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 5% micelles; more preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 1% micelles; most preferably, the third fluid substantially free of surfactants contains less than 0.5% micelles.
  • Preferably, the amount of molecules exchanged between droplets is reduced 90%; more preferably, the amount of molecules exchanged between droplets is reduced 95%; most preferably, the amount of molecules exchanged between droplets is reduced 99%.
  • Microdroplets in emulsions can be used as independent microreactors to perform a range of chemical and biological reactions. However, for many applications it is critical to restrict or prevent exchange of molecules between microdroplets. The present invention is a novel system that allows the production of stable emulsions in which there is little or no exchange of molecules between microdroplets. The technique is based on generating aqueous droplets in a oil phase (water-in-oil emulsions) in a microfluidic device using a high concentration of surfactant in the oil phase in order to rapidly stabilize the droplet against coalescence and subsequently exchanging the continuous phase containing the high concentration of surfactant for a continuous phase containing no surfactant, or containing a reduced concentration of surfactant. In this way, stable emulsions can be created in which there is little or no micellar-based transport of molecules between droplets.
  • In first exemplary embodiment, the surfactant loaded continuous oil phase is replaced with surfactant free oil on a microfluidic chip, this process being actively controlled by pumps. Preferably, the continuous oil phase is replace at least one time, more preferably at least two times and most preferably at least three times.
  • In a second exemplary embodiment, the laminar flow regime in microfluidic channels is exploited to shift the droplets from the surfactant loaded oil into an adjacent surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil stream. Preferably, the droplets can be shifted using obstacles, deep channel sections to direct the high buoyancy droplets, or dielectrophoresis.
  • In a third exemplary embodiment, the droplets are directed into a reservoir outside of the microfluidic device which contains surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil. A continuous stream of surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil can be flushed through the reservoir to reduce the surfactant concentration. Preferably, the reservoir is attached to the top of the microfluidic device, the droplets enter the bottom of the reservoir and the continuous stream of surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil can is flowed into the top of the reservoir permitting the droplets to cream/rise to the top of the reservoir. Once the droplets have risen to the top of the reservoir, surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil can be added from the bottom of the reservoir to force the droplets out of the top of the reservoir where they can be rejected into the microfluidic device, where the continuous phase fluid is a surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil.
  • The oil exchanger chamber constitutes only a part of a microfluidic chip, can be combined with other microfluidic modules, and has many possible applications.
  • It can be useful for the generation of libraries of molecules stored in droplets in an emulsion, i.e. droplet-based compound libraries. Each droplet contains only a single type of compound from the library (or a small number of different compounds) and there must be little or no exchange of compounds between droplets. Furthermore a code that serves to identify the specific droplet content has to be introduced into each specific droplet. These codes are usually based on fluorophores and thus can exchange similarly.
  • It can be used to perform enzymatic or cell-based assays, either by combining with an on-chip delay-line (Song, H., and Ismagilov, R F., J Am Chem Soc 125: 14613-14619, 2003; Frenz et al., Lab on a Chip 9: 1344-1348, 2008) or with an on- or off-chip reservoir where droplets are incubated prior to analysis (Clausell-Tormos et al., Chem Biol 15: 427-437, 2008; Koster et al., Lab on a Chip 8: 1110-1115, 2008). Such tests are usually based on the generation of fluorophores from fluorogenic substrates by enzymes. Leakage of either the substrate or the fluorophore limits the effectiveness of these assays. A leaking substrate might even render a specific assay impossible since a fast leaking substrate cannot be converted by a slow enzyme. A leaking fluorophore reduces the dynamic detection range and limits the ability to differentiate subtle differences in enzymatic activity.
  • The oil exchanger chamber can be coupled to surface tension measurements. In this example, droplets saturated with one type of surfactant can be transferred to an environment with different surface active components (different surfactants, nano beads, etc.) and the constitutional change of the interface can be followed.
  • Interfacial surfactant desorption dynamics with timescales ranging from millisecond to hours can be studied since the oil exchanger is a unique tool to instantly confront an interface, containing a controlled amount of surfactant, to a surfactant free environment, not possible with other methods.
  • The microfluidic device of the present invention includes one or more analysis units. An “analysis unit” is a microsubstrate, e.g., a microchip. The terms microsubstrate, substrate, microchip, and chip are used interchangeably herein. The analysis unit includes at least one inlet channel, at least one main channel and at least one inlet module. The analysis unit can further include at least one coalescence module. at least one detection module and one or more sorting modules. The sorting module can be in fluid communication with branch channels which are in fluid communication with one or more outlet modules (collection module or waste module). For sorting applications, at least one detection module cooperates with at least one sorting module to divert flow via a detector-originated signal. It shall be appreciated that the “modules” and “channels” are in fluid communication with each other and therefore may overlap; i.e., there may be no clear boundary where a module or channel begins or ends. A plurality of analysis units of the invention may be combined in one device. The dimensions of the substrate are those of typical microchips, ranging between about 0.5 cm to about 15 cm per side and about 1 micron to about 1 cm in thickness. The analysis unit and specific modules are described in further detail in WO 2006/040551; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0005254; WO 2006/040554; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0184489; WO 2004/002627; U.S. Pat. No. 7,708,949; WO 2004/091763; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0163385; WO 2005/021151; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0003442; WO 2006/096571; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0131543; WO 2007/089541; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0195127; WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2007/133710 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0014589.
  • A variety of materials and methods can be used to form any of the described components of the systems and devices of the invention. For example, various components of the invention can be formed from solid materials, in which the channels can be formed via molding, micromachining, film deposition processes such as spin coating and chemical vapor deposition, laser fabrication, photolithographic techniques, etching methods including wet chemical or plasma processes, and the like. See, for example, Angell, et al., Scientific American, 248:44-55, 1983. At least a portion of the fluidic system can be formed of silicone by molding a silicone chip. Technologies for precise and efficient formation of various fluidic systems and devices of the invention from silicone are known. Various components of the systems and devices of the invention can also be formed of a polymer, for example, an elastomeric polymer such as polydimethylsiloxane (“PDMS”), polytetrafluoroethylene (“PTFE”) or Teflon®, or the like.
  • Silicone polymers are preferred, for example, the silicone elastomer polydimethylsiloxane. Non-limiting examples of PDMS polymers include those sold under the trademark Sylgard by Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Mich., and particularly Sylgard 182, Sylgard 184, and Sylgard 186. Silicone polymers including PDMS have several beneficial properties simplifying formation of the microfluidic structures of the invention. For instance, such materials are inexpensive, readily available, and can be solidified from a prepolymeric liquid via curing with heat. For example, PDMSs are typically curable by exposure of the prepolymeric liquid to temperatures of about, for example, about 65° C. to about 75° C. for exposure times of, for example, about an hour. Also, silicone polymers, such as PDMS, can be elastomeric and thus may be useful for forming very small features with relatively high aspect ratios, necessary in certain embodiments of the invention. Flexible (e.g., elastomeric) molds or masters can be advantageous in this regard.
  • One advantage of forming structures such as microfluidic structures of the invention from silicone polymers, such as PDMS, is the ability of such polymers to be oxidized, for example by exposure to an oxygen-containing plasma such as an air plasma, so that the oxidized structures contain, at their surface, chemical groups capable of cross-linking to other oxidized silicone polymer surfaces or to the oxidized surfaces of a variety of other polymeric and non-polymeric materials. Thus, components can be formed and then oxidized and essentially irreversibly sealed to other silicone polymer surfaces, or to the surfaces of other substrates reactive with the oxidized silicone polymer surfaces, without the need for separate adhesives or other sealing means. In most cases, sealing can be completed simply by contacting an oxidized silicone surface to another surface without the need to apply auxiliary pressure to form the seal. That is, the pre-oxidized silicone surface acts as a contact adhesive against suitable mating surfaces. Specifically, in addition to being irreversibly sealable to itself, oxidized silicone such as oxidized PDMS can also be sealed irreversibly to a range of oxidized materials other than itself including, for example, glass, silicon, silicon oxide, quartz, silicon nitride, polyethylene, polystyrene, glassy carbon, and epoxy polymers, which have been oxidized in a similar fashion to the PDMS surface (for example, via exposure to an oxygen-containing plasma). Oxidation and sealing methods useful in the context of the present invention, as well as overall molding techniques, are described in the art, for example, in Duffy et al., “Rapid Prototyping of Microfluidic Systems and Polydimethylsiloxane,” Anal. Chem., 70:474-480, 1998.
  • Another advantage to forming microfluidic structures of the invention (or interior, fluid-contacting surfaces) from oxidized silicone polymers is that these surfaces can be much more hydrophilic than the surfaces of typical elastomeric polymers (where a hydrophilic interior surface is desired). Such hydrophilic channel surfaces can thus be more easily filled and wetted with aqueous solutions than can structures comprised of typical, unoxidized elastomeric polymers or other hydrophobic materials.
  • The microfluidic substrates of the present invention include channels that form the boundary for a fluid. A “channel,” as used herein, means a feature on or in a substrate that at least partially directs the flow of a fluid. In some cases, the channel may be formed, at least in part, by a single component, e.g., an etched substrate or molded unit. The channel can have any cross-sectional shape, for example, circular, oval, triangular, irregular, square or rectangular (having any aspect ratio), or the like, and can be covered or uncovered (i.e., open to the external environment surrounding the channel). In embodiments where the channel is completely covered, at least one portion of the channel can have a cross-section that is completely enclosed, and/or the entire channel may be completely enclosed along its entire length with the exception of its inlet and outlet.
  • The channels of the invention can be formed, for example by etching a silicon chip using conventional photolithography techniques, or using a micromachining technology called “soft lithography” as described by Whitesides and Xia, Angewandte Chemie International Edition 37, 550 (1998).
  • An open channel generally will include characteristics that facilitate control over fluid transport, e.g., structural characteristics (an elongated indentation) and/or physical or chemical characteristics (hydrophobicity vs. hydrophilicity) and/or other characteristics that can exert a force (e.g., a containing force) on a fluid. The fluid within the channel may partially or completely fill the channel. In some cases the fluid may be held or confined within the channel or a portion of the channel in some fashion, for example, using surface tension (e.g., such that the fluid is held within the channel within a meniscus, such as a concave or convex meniscus). In an article or substrate, some (or all) of the channels may be of a particular size or less, for example, having a largest dimension perpendicular to fluid flow of less than about 5 mm, less than about 2 mm, less than about 1 mm, less than about 500 microns, less than about 200 microns, less than about 100 microns, less than about 60 microns, less than about 50 microns, less than about 40 microns, less than about 30 microns, less than about 25 microns, less than about 10 microns, less than about 3 microns, less than about 1 micron, less than about 300 nm, less than about 100 nm, less than about 30 nm, or less than about 10 nm or less in some cases.
  • A “main channel” is a channel of the device of the invention which permits the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles past a coalescence module for coalescing one or more droplets, and, if present, a detection module for detection (identification) or measurement of a droplet and a sorting module for sorting a droplet based on the detection in the detection module. The main channel is typically in fluid communication with the coalescence, detection and/or sorting modules, as well as, an inlet channel of the inlet module. The main channel is also typically in fluid communication with an outlet module and optionally with branch channels, each of which may have a collection module or waste module. These channels permit the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles out of the main channel. An “inlet channel” permits the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles into the main channel. One or more inlet channels communicate with one or more means for introducing a sample into the device of the present invention. The inlet channel communicates with the main channel at an inlet module.
  • The microfluidic substrate can also comprise one or more fluid channels to inject or remove fluid in between droplets in a droplet stream for the purpose of changing the spacing between droplets.
  • The channels of the device of the present invention can be of any geometry as described. However, the channels of the device can comprise a specific geometry such that the contents of the channel are manipulated, e.g., sorted, mixed, prevent clogging, etc.
  • A microfluidic substrate can also include a specific geometry designed in such a manner as to prevent the aggregation of biological/chemical material and keep the biological/chemical material separated from each other prior to encapsulation in droplets. The geometry of channel dimension can be changed to disturb the aggregates and break them apart by various methods, that can include, but is not limited to, geometric pinching (to force cells through a (or a series of) narrow region(s), whose dimension is smaller or comparable to the dimension of a single cell) or a barricade (place a series of barricades on the way of the moving cells to disturb the movement and break up the aggregates of cells).
  • To prevent material (e.g., cells and other particles or molecules) from adhering to the sides of the channels, the channels (and coverslip, if used) may have a coating which minimizes adhesion. The surface of the channels of the microfluidic device can be coated with any anti-wetting or blocking agent for the dispersed phase. The channel can be coated with any protein to prevent adhesion of the biological/chemical sample. Channels can be coated by any means known in the art. For example, the channels are coated with Teflon®, BSA, PEG-silane and/or fluorosilane in an amount sufficient to prevent attachment and prevent clogging. In another example, the channels can be coated with a cyclized transparent optical polymer obtained by copolymerization of perfluoro (alkenyl vinyl ethers), such as the type sold by Asahi Glass Co. under the trademark Cytop. In such an example, the coating is applied from a 0.1-0.5 wt % solution of Cytop CTL-809M in CT-Solv 180. This solution can be injected into the channels of a microfluidic device via a plastic syringe. The device can then be heated to about 90° C. for 2 hours, followed by heating at 200° C. for an additional 2 hours. In another embodiment, the channels can be coated with a hydrophobic coating of the type sold by PPG Industries, Inc. under the trademark Aquapel (e.g., perfluoroalkylalkylsilane surface treatment of plastic and coated plastic substrate surfaces in conjunction with the use of a silica primer layer) and disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,523,162. By fluorinating the surfaces of the channels, the continuous phase preferentially wets the channels and allows for the stable generation and movement of droplets through the device. The low surface tension of the channel walls thereby minimizes the accumulation of channel clogging particulates.
  • The surface of the channels in the microfluidic device can be also fluorinated by any means known in the art to prevent undesired wetting behaviors. For example, a microfluidic device can be placed in a polycarbonate dessicator with an open bottle of (tridecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrooctyl)trichlorosilane. The dessicator is evacuated for 5 minutes, and then sealed for 20-40 minutes. The dessicator is then backfilled with air and removed. This approach uses a simple diffusion mechanism to enable facile infiltration of channels of the microfluidic device with the fluorosilane and can be readily scaled up for simultaneous device fluorination.
  • The microfluidic device of the present invention is capable of controlling the direction and flow of fluids and entities within the device. The term “flow” means any movement of liquid or solid through a device or in a method of the invention, and encompasses without limitation any fluid stream, and any material moving with, within or against the stream, whether or not the material is carried by the stream. For example, the movement of molecules, beads, cells or virions through a device or in a method of the invention, e.g. through channels of a microfluidic chip of the invention, comprises a flow. This is so, according to the invention, whether or not the molecules, beads, cells or virions are carried by a stream of fluid also comprising a flow, or whether the molecules, cells or virions are caused to move by some other direct or indirect force or motivation, and whether or not the nature of any motivating force is known or understood. The application of any force may be used to provide a flow, including without limitation, pressure, capillary action, electro-osmosis, electrophoresis, dielectrophoresis, optical tweezers, and combinations thereof, without regard for any particular theory or mechanism of action, so long as molecules, cells or virions are directed for detection, measurement or sorting according to the invention. Specific flow forces are described in further detail herein.
  • The flow stream in the main channel is typically, but not necessarily, continuous and may be stopped and started, reversed or changed in speed. A liquid that does not contain sample molecules, cells or particles can be introduced into a sample inlet well or channel and directed through the inlet module, e.g., by capillary action, to hydrate and prepare the device for use. Likewise, buffer or oil can also be introduced into a main inlet region that communicates directly with the main channel to purge the device (e.g., or “dead” air) and prepare it for use. If desired, the pressure can be adjusted or equalized, for example, by adding buffer or oil to an outlet module.
  • As used herein, the term “fluid stream” or “fluidic stream” refers to the flow of a fluid, typically generally in a specific direction. The fluidic stream may be continuous and/or discontinuous. A “continuous” fluidic stream is a fluidic stream that is produced as a single entity, e. g., if a continuous fluidic stream is produced from a channel, the fluidic stream, after production, appears to be contiguous with the channel outlet. The continuous fluidic stream is also referred to as a continuous phase fluid or carrier fluid. The continuous fluidic stream may be laminar, or turbulent in some cases.
  • Similarly, a “discontinuous” fluidic stream is a fluidic stream that is not produced as a single entity. The discontinuous fluidic stream is also referred to as the dispersed phase fluid or sample fluid. A discontinuous fluidic stream may have the appearance of individual droplets or microdroplets, optionally surrounded by a second fluid. The dispersed phase fluid can include a biological/chemical material. The terms “droplet” and “microdroplet” are used interchangeable herein. The biological/chemical material can be tissues, cells, particles, proteins, antibodies, amino acids, nucleotides, small molecules, and pharmaceuticals. The biological/chemical material can include one or more labels known in the art. The label can be an optical label, an enzymatic label or a radioactive label. The label can be any detectable label, e.g., a protein, a DNA tag, a dye, a quantum dot or a radio frequency identification tag, or combinations thereof. Preferably the label is an optical label. The label can be detected by any means known in the art. Preferably, the label is detected by fluorescence polarization, fluorescence intensity, fluorescence lifetime, fluorescence energy transfer, pH, ionic content, temperature or combinations thereof. Various labels and means for detection are described in greater detail herein.
  • The term “emulsion” refers to a preparation of one liquid distributed in small globules (also referred to herein as drops, droplets or NanoReactors) in the body of a second liquid. The first and second fluids are immiscible with each other. For example, the discontinuous phase can be an aqueous solution and the continuous phase can a hydrophobic fluid such as an oil. This is termed a water in oil emulsion. Alternatively, the emulsion may be a oil in water emulsion. In that example, the first liquid, which is dispersed in globules, is referred to as the discontinuous phase, whereas the second liquid is referred to as the continuous phase or the dispersion medium. The continuous phase can be an aqueous solution and the discontinuous phase is a hydrophobic fluid, such as an oil (e.g., decane, tetradecane, or hexadecane). The droplets or globules of oil in an oil in water emulsion are also referred to herein as “micelles”, whereas globules of water in a water in oil emulsion may be referred to as “reverse micelles”.
  • The fluidic droplets may each be substantially the same shape and/or size. The droplets may be uniform in size. The shape and/or size can be determined, for example, by measuring the average diameter or other characteristic dimension of the droplets. The “average diameter” of a plurality or series of droplets is the arithmetic average of the average diameters of each of the droplets. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to determine the average diameter (or other characteristic dimension) of a plurality or series of droplets, for example, using laser light scattering, microscopic examination, or other known techniques. The diameter of a droplet, in a non-spherical droplet, is the mathematically-defined average diameter of the droplet, integrated across the entire surface. The average diameter of a droplet (and/or of a plurality or series of droplets) may be, for example, less than about 1 mm, less than about 500 micrometers, less than about 200 micrometers, less than about 100 micrometers, less than about 75 micrometers, less than about 50 micrometers, less than about 25 micrometers, less than about 10 micrometers, or less than about 5 micrometers in some cases. The average diameter may also be at least about 1 micrometer, at least about 2 micrometers, at least about 3 micrometers, at least about 5 micrometers, at least about 10 micrometers, at least about 15 micrometers, or at least about 20 micrometers in certain cases.
  • As used herein, the term “NanoReactor” and its plural encompass the terms “droplet”, “nanodrop”, “nanodroplet”, “microdrop” or “microdroplet” as defined herein, as well as an integrated system for the manipulation and probing of droplets, as described in detail herein. Nanoreactors as described herein can be 0.1-1000 μm (e.g., 0.1, 0.2 . . . 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 . . . 1000), or any size within this range. Droplets at these dimensions tend to conform to the size and shape of the channels, while maintaining their respective volumes. Thus, as droplets move from a wider channel to a narrower channel they become longer and thinner, and vice versa.
  • The microfluidic substrate of this invention most preferably generate round, highly uniform, monodisperse droplets (<1.5% polydispersity). Droplets and methods of forming monodisperse droplets in microfluidic channels is described in WO 2006/040551; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0005254; WO 2006/040554; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0184489; WO 2004/002627; U.S. Pat. No. 7,708,949; WO 2004/091763; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0163385; WO 2005/021151; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0003442; WO 2006/096571; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0131543; WO 2007/089541; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0195127; WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2007/133710 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0014589.
  • The droplet forming liquid is typically an aqueous buffer solution, such as ultrapure water (e.g., 18 mega-ohm resistivity, obtained, for example by column chromatography), 10 mM Tris HCl and 1 mM EDTA (TE) buffer, phosphate buffer saline (PBS) or acetate buffer. However, other solvents, or mixtures of solvents, which are immiscible with the oil phase, may also be used to form droplets, including but not limited to Dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and mixtures of water and DMSO. Any liquid or buffer that is physiologically compatible with the population of molecules, cells or particles to be analyzed and/or sorted can be used. The fluid passing through the main channel and in which the droplets are formed is one that is immiscible with the droplet forming fluid. The fluid passing through the main channel can be a non-polar solvent, decane (e.g., tetradecane or hexadecane), fluorocarbon oil, silicone oil or another oil (for example, mineral oil).
  • The droplet may also contain biological/chemical material (e.g., molecules, cells, or other particles) for combination, analysis and/or sorting in the device. The droplets of the dispersed phase fluid can contain more than one particle or can contain no more than one particle.
  • Droplets of a sample fluid can be formed within the inlet module on the microfluidic device or droplets (or droplet libraries) can be formed before the sample fluid is introduced to the microfluidic device (“off chip” droplet formation). To permit effective interdigitation, coalescence and detection, the droplets comprising each sample to be analyzed must be monodisperse. As described in more detail herein, in many applications, different samples to be analyzed are contained within droplets of different sizes. Droplet size must be highly controlled to ensure that droplets containing the correct contents for analysis and coalesced properly. As such, the present invention provides devices and methods for forming droplets and droplet libraries.
  • The fluids used in the invention may contain one or more additives, such as agents which reduce surface tensions (surfactants). Surfactants can include Tween, Span, fluorosurfactants, and other agents that are soluble in oil relative to water. In some applications, performance is improved by adding a second surfactant to the aqueous phase. Surfactants can aid in controlling or optimizing droplet size, flow and uniformity, for example by reducing the shear force needed to extrude or inject droplets into an intersecting channel. This can affect droplet volume and periodicity, or the rate or frequency at which droplets break off into an intersecting channel. Furthermore, the surfactant can serve to stabilize aqueous emulsions in fluorinated oils from coalescing. The present invention provides compositions and methods to stabilize aqueous droplets in a fluorinated oil and minimize the transport of positively charged reagents (particularly, fluorescent dyes) from the aqueous phase to the oil phase.
  • The droplets may be coated with a surfactant. Preferred surfactants that may be added to the continuous phase fluid include, but are not limited to, surfactants such as sorbitan-based carboxylic acid esters (e.g., the “Span” surfactants, Fluka Chemika), including sorbitan monolaurate (Span 20), sorbitan monopalmitate (Span 40), sorbitan monostearate (Span 60) and sorbitan monooleate (Span 80), and perfluorinated polyethers (e.g., DuPont Krytox 157 FSL, FSM, and/or FSH). Other non-limiting examples of non-ionic surfactants which may be used include polyoxyethylenated alkylphenols (for example, nonyl-, p-dodecyl-, and dinonylphenols), polyoxyethylenated straight chain alcohols, polyoxyethylenated polyoxypropylene glycols, polyoxyethylenated mercaptans, long chain carboxylic acid esters (for example, glyceryl and polyglycerol esters of natural fatty acids, propylene glycol, sorbitol, polyoxyethylenated sorbitol esters, polyoxyethylene glycol esters, etc.) and alkanolamines (e.g., diethanolamine-fatty acid condensates and isopropanolamine-fatty acid condensates). In addition, ionic surfactants such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) may also be used. However, such surfactants are generally less preferably for many embodiments of the invention. For instance, in those embodiments where aqueous droplets are used as nanoreactors for chemical reactions (including biochemical reactions) or are used to analyze and/or sort biomaterials, a water soluble surfactant such as SDS may denature or inactivate the contents of the droplet.
  • The carrier fluid can be an oil (e.g., decane, tetradecane or hexadecane) or fluorocarbon oil that contains a surfactant (e.g., a non-ionic surfactant such as a Span surfactant) as an additive (preferably between about 0.2 and 5% by volume, more preferably about 2%). A user can preferably cause the carrier fluid to flow through channels of the microfluidic device so that the surfactant in the carrier fluid coats the channel walls.
  • Fluorocarbon oil continuous phases are well-suited as the continuous phase for aqueous droplet libraries for a number of reasons. Fluorous oils are both hydrophobic and lipophobic. Therefore, they have low solubility for components of the aqueous phase and they limit molecular diffusion between droplets. Also, fluorous oils present an inert interface for chemistry and biology within droplets. In contrast to hydrocarbon or silicone oils, fluorous oils do not swell PDMS materials, which is a convenient material for constructing microfluidic channels. Finally, fluorocarbon oils have good solubility for gases, which is necessary for the viability of encapsulated cells.
  • Combinations of surfactant(s) and oils must be developed to facilitate generation, storage, and manipulation of droplets to maintain the unique chemical/biochemical/biological environment within each droplet of a diverse library. Therefore, the surfactant and oil combination must (1) stabilize droplets against uncontrolled coalescence during the drop forming process and subsequent collection and storage, (2) minimize transport of any droplet contents to the oil phase and/or between droplets, and (3) maintain chemical and biological inertness with contents of each droplet (e.g., no adsorption or reaction of encapsulated contents at the oil-water interface, and no adverse effects on biological or chemical constituents in the droplets). In addition to the requirements on the droplet library function and stability, the surfactant-in-oil solution must be coupled with the fluid physics and materials associated with the platform. Specifically, the oil solution must not swell, dissolve, or degrade the materials used to construct the microfluidic chip, and the physical properties of the oil (e.g., viscosity, boiling point, etc.) must be suited for the flow and operating conditions of the platform.
  • Droplets formed in oil without surfactant are not stable to permit coalescence, so surfactants must be dissolved in the oil that is used as the continuous phase for the emulsion library. Surfactant molecules are amphiphilic—part of the molecule is oil soluble, and part of the molecule is water soluble. When a water-oil interface is formed at the nozzle of a microfluidic chip for example in the inlet module described herein, surfactant molecules that are dissolved in the oil phase adsorb to the interface. The hydrophilic portion of the molecule resides inside the droplet and the fluorophilic portion of the molecule decorates the exterior of the droplet. The surface tension of a droplet is reduced when the interface is populated with surfactant, so the stability of an emulsion is improved. In addition to stabilizing the droplets against coalescence, the surfactant should be inert to the contents of each droplet and the surfactant should not promote transport of encapsulated components to the oil or other droplets.
  • A very large body of fundamental research and commercial application development exists for non-fluorous surfactants and emulsions ranging from sub-micron droplets to very large, macroscopic emulsions. In contrast, fundamental knowledge and commercial practice with fluorinated oils and surfactants is much less common. More specifically, testing and development of fluorosurfactants and fluorous oil formulations for the application of creating large libraries of micron-scale droplets with unique composition is limited to only a few groups throughout the world. Only a few commercially-available fluorosurfactants that stabilize water-in-fluorocarbon oil emulsions exist. For instance, surfactants with short fluorotelomer-tails (typically perfluorinated C6 to C10) are available, but they do not provide sufficient long-term emulsion stability. Fluorosurfactants with longer fluorocarbon tails, such as perfluoropolyether (PFPE), are limited to molecules with ionic headgroups.
  • Classes of oils are available from wide variety of fluorinated oils and are available from commercial sources. The requirements for the oil are (1) immiscibility with the aqueous phase, (2) solubility of emulsion stabilizing surfactants in the oil, and (3) compatibility and/or insolubility of reagents from the droplet phase. Oils include hydrofluoroethers, which are fluorinated alkyl chains coupled with hydrocarbon chemistry through an ether bond. One supplier of this type of oil is 3M. The products are marketed as Novec Engineered Fluids or HFE-series oils. This oils include but are not limited to, HFE-7500, which is a preferred embodiment as it provides superior droplet stability seems to be higher. Other oils include HFE-7100, -7200, -7600, which are examples of other HFEs available from 3M. These can be used as stand-alone oils or components of oil mixtures to optimize emulsion properties and performance. Other hydrofluoroethers are also available from other producers, distributors, or resellers may offer hydrofluoroethers.
  • Another class of oil is perfluoroalkylamines, which are perfluorinated oils based on perfluoroalkyl amine structures. 3M produces these oils as Fluorinert Electronic Liquids (FC-oils). Fluorinert products differ by variations in alkyl chain length, branch structure, and combinations of different structures or pure oils. Many of them offer the potential for stand-alone oils or components of oil mixtures to optimize emulsion properties and performance. Specific examples are Fluorinert FC-3283, Fluorinert FC-40, which are a preferred embodiments. Higher viscosity and boiling point useful for applications requiring elevated temperature (e.g., thermocyling for PCR). Other Fluorinert series can be used for stand-alone oils or components of oil mixtures to optimize emulsion properties and performance. Again, other perfluoroalkylamines are available from other producers, distributors, or resellers may offer perfluoroalkylamines.
  • Fluorinated organics/solvents offer a number of perfluorinated or partially fluorinated solvents are available from a variety of producers, distributors, and/or resellers. Many of them offer the potential for stand-alone oils or components of oil mixtures to optimize emulsion properties and performance. Examples of fluorinated organic reagents utilized, included (but not limited to) trifluoroacetic acid and hexafluoroisopropanol, to improve droplet stability in other fluorinated oil systems. Additionally, fluoropolymers may also be used within a microfluidic system. Examples of fluoropolymers include, Krytox GPL oils, Solvay Galden oils, and other liquid fluoropolymers. Other fluorinated materials find widespread use in a variety of industries, but they are generally not well-known in the disciplines of interfacial, colloidal, physical, or synthetic organic chemistry. Therefore, a number of other candidates for oils exist in specialty and niche market applications. As such, new oils have been targeted partially that are per-fluorinated materials, which are not widely recognized.
  • The properties of oils selected are based upon their chemical properties, such as, among others molecular structure, fluorine content and solvating strength. Physical properties of oils examined include viscosity, boiling point, thermal expansion coefficient, oil-in-water solubility, water-in-oil solubility, dielectric constant, polarity, and oil-in-water surface tension.
  • Classes of surfactants include fluorosurfactants that can be categorized by the type of fluorophilic portion of the molecule, the type of hydrophilic, or polar, portion, and the chemistry used to link the different parts of the molecule. Materials developed are capable of stabilizing an emulsion or droplet library. One preferred embodiment is the EA surfactant. Specifically, the EA surfactant is a Krytox-PEG-Krytox. The EA surfactant is a nonionic tri-block copolymer surfactant was developed to avoid issues that the ionic surfactants (e.g., RR, see below) which result from the use of some other ionic surfactant. Specifically, ionic surfactants interact with charged species in the droplets and can sequester ions (e.g., magnesium required for the PCR reaction) or other reagents to the oil phase. The structure of the EA surfactant comprises a PEG—approximately 600 Da with amine end functionality, PFPE-Mn is −5000-8000 from a Krytox FSH starting material and the linker is an amide coupling. Other fluorosurfactants include surfactants with a fluorinated tail of a commercial oil (krytox FSH) and a hydrophilic head (either dimorpholinophosphate (DMP) or ammonium carboxylate R24 (Clausell-Tormos et al., Chem Biol 15: 427-437, 2008; Loeker et al., Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects 214: 143-150, 2003).
  • Alternative materials are alternative fluorophilic portion, i.e., PFPE (Solvay or Demnum), Poly(fluoroalkylacrylate) and other non-polymeric and partially fluorinated materials. Alternative head-group chemistry for the hydrophilic portion includes, non-ionic head groups like PEG (Mw, Mw/Mn (PDI)) and functionality (i.e., diblock, triblock and dendritic). Others include morpholino. Ionic head groups for the hydrophilic portion include anionic, such as elemental and amine salts and further cationic head portions. Other head group chemistries include zwitterionic, hybrid (e.g., PEG-ionic and zonyl FSO/FSN), lipophilic (e.g, lipophilic to promote bilayer and lipophilic spacer to hydrophile). Another alternative is alternative coupling chemistry such as, phosphoryl/Friedel-Crafts, spacer to organic handle and others.
  • Characteristics of surfactants are their molecular structure, determined by NMR, chromatography (e.g., HPLC, GPC/SEC), FTIR, mass spectrometry, and titrations. Purity of surfactants is another characteristic examined in addition to the fluorophile-hydrophile balance.
  • A preferred embodiment includes oil-surfactant formulation for the application of library emulsions is R-oil (HFE-7500) mixed with 2 wt % EA surfactant (“REA20”). Concentrations of EA or RR surfactant at 0.1 wt % or lower to 5% or greater. Other formulations of oils and surfactants and other components added to the aqueous phase are used to improved and optimized the performance of the droplets performance. Those properties of the oil-surfactant mixture include simple mixtures (i.e., one oil and one surfactant, with varied surface concentration), co-surfactants, oil mixtures and additives, such as zonyl and TFA.
  • Oil and surfactant mixture properties include surfactant solubility, critical micelle concentration (CMC), surfactant diffusivity, and interfacial tension, i.e., dynamic and equilibrium. Emulsion properties are also accounted for, those properties include size (absolute and size distribution), stability, transport, and biocompatibility. Stability relates directly to the coalesced droplets and their deformability/breaking and shredding ability. More particularly, the stability of the droplets in their generation, storage and shipping.
  • In general, production of surfactant and oils begins with the synthesis of surfactants and starting materials, such as PEG-diamine, EA and RR and also accounts for the purification processes, characterization, quality control, mixing and packaging.
  • In one embodiment, the fluorosurfactant can be prepared by reacting the perflourinated polyether DuPont Krytox 157 FSL, FSM, or FSH with aqueous ammonium hydroxide in a volatile fluorinated solvent. The solvent and residual water and ammonia can be removed with a rotary evaporator. The surfactant can then be dissolved (e.g., 2.5 wt %) in a fluorinated oil (e.g., Flourinert (3M)), which then serves as the continuous phase of the emulsion.
  • In another embodiment, a quaternary ammonium salt at the terminus of a hydrophilic oligomer is linked to a perfluoropolyether tail as shown in the following formula:
  • PFPE-C(O)NH—CH2CH2CH2-(OCH2CH2)3O—CH2CH2CH2-N(CH3)3+I-Some specific molecular features of the present invention include, but are not limited to, PFPE is from Krytox 157 FSH (Mn-6500), amide bond linking PFPE to hydrophile, propyl group immediately adjacent to the amide, propyl group immediately adjacent to the trimethylamino terminus. Specific structural formations can alter performance relationships, for example, PFPE chain is sufficiently long for molecule to be soluble in perfluorinated oils, amide linker provides hydrolytic stability and hydrogen bonding site, and a combination of PEG and quaternary ammonium cation provide high anchoring strength to the aqueous phase as well as electrostatic repulsion and steric hindrance to minimize reagent transport.
  • Variables in the molecular structure include, but are not limited to, PFPE molecular weight and polydispersity, PFPE structure, alternative perfluorinated tail chemistries, PEG molecular weight and polydispersity, shorter hydrocarbon linkers (ethyl or methyl versus propyl), longer hydrocarbon spacers (C4 or higher), alternative counterions, such as monovalent anions, monovalent, polyatomic anions and di- or tri-valent counterions (to produce two or more tail fluorosurfactants). Further variables in the molecule structure include alternative linker chemistries (e.g., ether, ester, etc), alternative hydrophilic oligomers (e.g., polyalcohol, polyacrylamide, etc.), alternative quaternary ammonium cations, and alternative ionic groups (e.g., anionic terminus-carboxylate etc.; alternative cations).
  • The present invention is also directed to the coupling of PEG-diamines with carboxylic acid-terminated perflouropolyether (Krytox 157) to form surfactants. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a fluorosurfactant molecule made by the ionic coupling of amine-terminated polyethyleneglycol (PEG-amine) with the carboxylic acid of DuPont Krytox perfluoropolyether (PFPE). The resulting structure conveys good performance in the stabilization of aqueous droplets in fluorinated oil in a microfluidic system. Examples of preferred surfactants are described in WO 2008/021123 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0105112.
  • The present invention provides droplets with a fluorosurfactant interface separating the aqueous droplet and its contents from the surrounding immiscible fluorocarbon oil. In one example, DNA amplification reactions occurring inside these droplets generate material that does not interact with the channel walls, and collection of the DNA-containing droplets for subsequent manipulation and sequencing is straightforward. This technology provides a solution for amplification of DNA from single cells, allowing for both genotyping and whole genome amplification. In addition, use within a microfluidic device or platform as described herein achieves very high throughput, with droplets processed at rates in excess of 5000 droplets per second, enabling greater than 1×1 06 single-cell droplets to be formed and manipulated per hour.
  • Other examples of materials related to this invention include the formation of salts made by combination of various primary, secondary, or tertiary amines with PFPE carboxylic acid. The resulting amphiphilic structure could be useful as a stand-alone surfactant or a cosurfactant. Similarly, fluorinated materials with carboxylic acids other than Krytox PFPE could be used to form ionic fluorosurfactants with various amine containing compounds.
  • Alternative amine-containing compounds for use with the present invention include, but are not limited to, PEG-monoamine (molecular weights range from 200 to 1,000,000 or more), PEG-diamine (molecular weights range from 200 to 1,000,000 or more), Multifunctional PEG amines (e.g., branched or dendritic structures), other hydrophilic polymers terminated with amines. Sugars include, but are not limited to, Sugars, Peptides, Biomolecules, Ethanolamine or Alkyl amines—primary, secondary, or tertiary (e.g., triethylamine, trimethylamine, methylamine, ethylamine, butylamine)
  • Alternative fluorinated groups for use with the present invention include, but are not limited to, Krytox FSL and FSM (alternative molecular weights), Demnum PFPE materials, Fluolink PFPE materials or Fluorinated small molecules with carboxylic acids.
  • The data described herein show that the fluorosurfactants comprised of PEG amine salts provide better performance (compared to other fluorosurfactants) for stabilization of aqueous droplets in fluorinated oils in droplet-based microfluidics applications. These novel surfactants are useful either in combination with other surfactants or as a stand-alone surfactant system.
  • The invention can use pressure drive flow control, e.g., utilizing valves and pumps, to manipulate the flow of cells, particles, molecules, enzymes or reagents in one or more directions and/or into one or more channels of a microfluidic device. However, other methods may also be used, alone or in combination with pumps and valves, such as electro-osmotic flow control, electrophoresis and dielectrophoresis as described in Fulwyer, Science 156,910 (1974); Li and Harrison, Analytical Chemistry 69, 1564 (1997); Fiedler, et al. Analytical Chemistry 70, 1909-1915 (1998) and U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,155. Application of these techniques according to the invention provides more rapid and accurate devices and methods for analysis or sorting, for example, because the sorting occurs at or in a sorting module that can be placed at or immediately after a detection module. This provides a shorter distance for molecules or cells to travel, they can move more rapidly and with less turbulence, and can more readily be moved, examined, and sorted in single file, i.e., one at a time.
  • Positive displacement pressure driven flow is a preferred way of controlling fluid flow and dielectrophoresis is a preferred way of manipulating droplets within that flow. The pressure at the inlet module can also be regulated by adjusting the pressure on the main and sample inlet channels, for example, with pressurized syringes feeding into those inlet channels. By controlling the pressure difference between the oil and water sources at the inlet module, the size and periodicity of the droplets generated may be regulated. Alternatively, a valve may be placed at or coincident to either the inlet module or the sample inlet channel connected thereto to control the flow of solution into the inlet module, thereby controlling the size and periodicity of the droplets. Periodicity and droplet volume may also depend on channel diameter, the viscosity of the fluids, and shear pressure. Examples of driving pressures and methods of modulating flow are as described in WO 2006/040551; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0005254; WO 2006/040554; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0184489; WO 2004/002627; U.S. Pat. No. 7,708,949; WO 2004/091763; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0163385; WO 2005/021151; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0003442; WO 2006/096571; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0131543; WO 2007/089541; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0195127; WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2007/133710; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0014589; U.S. Pat. No. 6,540,895; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2001/0029983 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0226742
  • The microfluidic device of the present invention includes one or more inlet modules. An “inlet module” is an area of a microfluidic substrate device that receives molecules, cells, small molecules or particles for additional coalescence, detection and/or sorting. The inlet module can contain one or more inlet channels, wells or reservoirs, openings, and other features which facilitate the entry of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles into the substrate. A substrate may contain more than one inlet module if desired. Different sample inlet channels can communicate with the main channel at different inlet modules. Alternately, different sample inlet channels can communication with the main channel at the same inlet module. The inlet module is in fluid communication with the main channel. The inlet module generally comprises a junction between the sample inlet channel and the main channel such that a solution of a sample (i.e., a fluid containing a sample such as molecules, cells, small molecules (organic or inorganic) or particles) is introduced to the main channel and forms a plurality of droplets. The sample solution can be pressurized. The sample inlet channel can intersect the main channel such that the sample solution is introduced into the main channel at an angle perpendicular to a stream of fluid passing through the main channel. For example, the sample inlet channel and main channel intercept at a T-shaped junction; i.e., such that the sample inlet channel is perpendicular (90 degrees) to the main channel. However, the sample inlet channel can intercept the main channel at any angle, and need not introduce the sample fluid to the main channel at an angle that is perpendicular to that flow. The angle between intersecting channels is in the range of from about 60 to about 120 degrees. Particular exemplary angles are 45, 60, 90, and 120 degrees.
  • Embodiments of the invention are also provided in which there are two or more inlet modules introducing droplets of samples into the main channel. For example, a first inlet module may introduce droplets of a first sample into a flow of fluid in the main channel and a second inlet module may introduce droplets of a second sample into the flow of fluid in main channel, and so forth. The second inlet module is preferably downstream from the first inlet module (e.g., about 30 μm). The fluids introduced into the two or more different inlet modules can comprise the same fluid or the same type of fluid (e.g., different aqueous solutions). For example, droplets of an aqueous solution containing an enzyme are introduced into the main channel at the first inlet module and droplets of aqueous solution containing a substrate for the enzyme are introduced into the main channel at the second inlet module. Alternatively, the droplets introduced at the different inlet modules may be droplets of different fluids which may be compatible or incompatible. For example, the different droplets may be different aqueous solutions, or droplets introduced at a first inlet module may be droplets of one fluid (e.g., an aqueous solution) whereas droplets introduced at a second inlet module may be another fluid (e.g., alcohol or oil).
  • An important element in making libraries utilizing the microfluidic device of the present invention is to include features in the channels of the device to remove particles that may effect the microfluidic system. When emulsions are injected or re-injected onto a microfluidic device, they carry contaminants that collect at the nozzle and either clog the nozzle and/or induce uncontrolled coalescence up to the complete shredding of the emulsion. Debris/contaminants include small debris, such as dust or TCS, fibers, goop (glue and/or surfactant) and large debris such as PDMS skins/shavings. In one example, the present invention provides a post trap for large debris, a pocket trap for small debris, a serpentine trap for fibers and a step trap for large droplets/debris. EAP filters work well to filter out the contaminants.
  • The filter system filters out these contaminants and most importantly traps the contaminants out of the main pathway and allow the droplets to pass by so the contaminants cannot induce uncontrolled coalescence. The present invention comprises two distinct parts that specifically address two different scales. The first filters contaminants that are larger than the droplet size. The second filters contaminants that are smaller than the droplet and nozzle sizes. The large contaminants are easily trapped but are responsible for inducing uncontrolled coalescence, the small contaminants tend to stick to the nozzle and most probably induce wetting that results in the shredding of the emulsion.
  • To address the issue of large contaminants, a triangular shape filter is used that contains an internal-collection channel and smaller lateral channels connected to the internal-collection channel with a specific angle. On each side of the triangle are pockets to collect the contaminants that have been deflected by the triangle and directed there by the flow of the droplets due to the specific angle of the filter. In addition, the collection pockets are connected to a channel of high hydrodynamic resistance so that some of the flow will still go through and maintain the contaminants in the collection pockets. The lateral collection channels are located at a stepwise transition between a shallow layer and a deep layer. In one example, he droplets are collected in the Droplet Collection Channel through the lateral angled channels. The contaminants are deflected toward the Contaminant Collection Pocket because of the triangular shape and the droplet flow. Because of the use of high resistance channel for the Contaminants Collection Pockets, the droplets go through them only marginally, but enough to force the trapped contaminants to stay there.
  • To address the issue of the small contaminants, a series of posts are used, each one being offset by a half-period to the adjacent ones. This geometry intends to create a region of null-recirculation flow at the tip of each post due to the symmetry and contaminants are trapped in that region. In addition, the posts have an indentation to both increase the effect of the flow pattern described above and to trap the contaminants so that they are out of the way of the droplets. The posts can be designed just with an indentation or with a flow-through restriction of high hydrodynamic resistance so that the contaminants will be directed and trapped deep in the structure. The symmetrical design creates a region where there is almost no flow, in this region creates the conditions to trap the contaminants that are smaller than the droplets. The droplets follow the main flow because of the high hydrodynamic resistance conditions. The posts on one side of the channel have a flow-through to ensure that the contaminants stay trapped there; on the other side the posts have only an indentation. Several series of these posts, offset by half of a period are used to increase both the filter capacity and the odds of trapping any given contaminant.
  • Particular design embodiments of the microfluidic device described herein allow for a more reproducible and controllable interdigitation of droplets of specific liquids followed by pair-wise coalescence of these droplets, described in further detail herein. The droplet pairs can contain liquids of different compositions and/or volumes, which would then combine to allow for a specific reaction to be investigated. The pair of droplets can come from any of the following: (i) two continuous aqueous streams and an oil stream; (ii) a continuous aqueous stream, an emulsion stream, and an oil stream, or (iii) two emulsion streams and an oil stream. The term “interdigitation” as used herein means pairing of droplets from separate aqueous streams, or from two separate inlet nozzles, for eventual coalescence.
  • Various nozzle designs enhance the interdigitation of droplets and further improves coalescence of droplets due to the better control of the interdigitation and smaller distance between pairs of droplets. The greater control over interdigitation allows for a perfect control over the frequency of either of the droplets. To obtain the optimum operation, the spacing between droplets and coupling of the droplets can be adjusted by adjusting flow of any of the streams, viscosity of the streams, nozzle design (including orifice diameter, the channel angle, and post-orifice neck of the nozzle). Examples of preferred nozzle designs are as described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142.
  • A device of the invention can include a sample solution reservoir or well or other apparatus for introducing a sample to the device, at the inlet module, which is typically in fluid communication with an inlet channel. Reservoirs and wells used for loading one or more samples onto the microfluidic device of the present invention, include but are not limited to, syringes, cartridges, vials, eppendorf tubes and cell culture materials (e.g., 96 well plates). A reservoir may facilitate introduction of molecules or cells into the device and into the sample inlet channel of each analysis unit.
  • The microfluidic device of the present invention also includes one or more coalescence modules. A “coalescence module” is within or coincident with at least a portion of the main channel at or downstream of the inlet module where molecules, cells, small molecules or particles comprised within droplets are brought within proximity of other droplets comprising molecules, cells, small molecules or particles and where the droplets in proximity fuse, coalesce or combine their contents. The coalescence module can also include an apparatus, for generating an electric force.
  • The electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be large enough to cause the droplet to move within the liquid. In some cases, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be used to direct a desired motion of the droplet within the liquid, for example, to or within a channel or a microfluidic channel (e.g., as further described herein), etc.
  • The electric field can be generated from an electric field generator, i.e., a device or system able to create an electric field that can be applied to the fluid. The electric field generator may produce an AC field (i.e., one that varies periodically with respect to time, for example, sinusoidally, sawtooth, square, etc.), a DC field (i.e., one that is constant with respect to time), a pulsed field, etc. The electric field generator may be constructed and arranged to create an electric field within a fluid contained within a channel or a microfluidic channel. The electric field generator may be integral to or separate from the fluidic system containing the channel or microfluidic channel, according to some embodiments. As used herein, “integral” means that portions of the components integral to each other are joined in such a way that the components cannot be in manually separated from each other without cutting or breaking at least one of the components.
  • Techniques for producing a suitable electric field (which may be AC, DC, etc.) are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, in one embodiment, an electric field is produced by applying voltage across a pair of electrodes, which may be positioned on or embedded within the fluidic system (for example, within a substrate defining the channel or microfluidic channel), and/or positioned proximate the fluid such that at least a portion of the electric field interacts with the fluid. The electrodes can be fashioned from any suitable electrode material or materials known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including, but not limited to, silver, gold, copper, carbon, platinum, copper, tungsten, tin, cadmium, nickel, indium tin oxide (“ITO”), etc., as well as combinations thereof.
  • Preferred electrodes and patterned electrically conductive layers are described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142 and can be associated with any module of the device (inlet module, coalescence module, mixing module, delay module, detection module and sorting module) to generate dielectric or electric forces to manipulate and control the droplets and their contents.
  • Effective control of uncharged droplets within microfluidic devices can require the generation of extremely strong dielectric field gradients. The fringe fields from the edges of a parallel plate capacitor can provide an excellent topology to form these gradients. The microfluidic device according to the present invention can include placing a fluidic channel between two parallel electrodes, which can result in a steep electric field gradient at the entrance to the electrodes due to edge effects at the ends of the electrode pair. Placing these pairs of electrodes at a symmetric channel split can allow precise bi-directional control of droplet within a device. Using the same principle, only with asymmetric splits, can allow single ended control of the droplet direction in the same manner. Alternatively, a variation on this geometry will allow precise control of the droplet phase by shifting.
  • Dielectrophoresis is believed to produce movement of dielectric objects, which have no net charge, but have regions that are positively or negatively charged in relation to each other. Alternating, non-homogeneous electric fields in the presence of droplets and/or particles, such as cells or molecules, cause the droplets and/or particles to become electrically polarized and thus to experience dielectrophoretic forces. Depending on the dielectric polarizability of the particles and the suspending medium, dielectric particles will move either toward the regions of high field strength or low field strength. For example, the polarizability of living cells depends on their composition, morphology, and phenotype and is highly dependent on the frequency of the applied electrical field. Thus, cells of different types and in different physiological states generally possess distinctly different dielectric properties, which may provide a basis for cell separation, e.g., by differential dielectrophoretic forces. Likewise, the polarizability of droplets also depends upon their size, shape and composition. For example, droplets that contain salts can be polarized. According to formulas provided in Fiedler, et al. Analytical Chemistry 70, 1909-1915 (1998), individual manipulation of single droplets requires field differences (inhomogeneities) with dimensions close to the droplets.
  • The term “dielectrophoretic force gradient” means a dielectrophoretic force is exerted on an object in an electric field provided that the object has a different dielectric constant than the surrounding media. This force can either pull the object into the region of larger field or push it out of the region of larger field. The force is attractive or repulsive depending respectively on whether the object or the surrounding media has the larger dielectric constant.
  • Manipulation is also dependent on permittivity (a dielectric property) of the droplets and/or particles with the suspending medium. Thus, polymer particles, living cells show negative dielectrophoresis at high-field frequencies in water. For example, dielectrophoretic forces experienced by a latex sphere in a 0.5 MV/m field (10 V for a 20 micron electrode gap) in water are predicted to be about 0.2 piconewtons (pN) for a 3.4 micron latex sphere to 15 pN for a 15 micron latex sphere (Fiedler, et al. Analytical Chemistry, 70, 1909-1915 (1998)). These values are mostly greater than the hydrodynamic forces experienced by the sphere in a stream (about 0.3 pN for a 3.4 micron sphere and 1.5 pN for a 15 micron sphere). Therefore, manipulation of individual cells or particles can be accomplished in a streaming fluid, such as in a cell sorter device, using dielectrophoresis. Using conventional semiconductor technologies, electrodes can be microfabricated onto a substrate to control the force fields in a microfabricated sorting device of the invention. Dielectrophoresis is particularly suitable for moving objects that are electrical conductors. The use of AC current is preferred, to prevent permanent alignment of ions. Megahertz frequencies are suitable to provide a net alignment, attractive force, and motion over relatively long distances. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,454,472.
  • The electric field generator can be constructed and arranged (e.g., positioned) to create an electric field applicable to the fluid of at least about 0.01 V/micrometer, and, in some cases, at least about 0.03 V/micrometer, at least about 0.05 V/micrometer, at least about 0.08 V/micrometer, at least about 0.1 V/micrometer, at least about 0.3 V/micrometer, at least about 0.5 V/micrometer, at least about 0.7 V/micrometer, at least about 1 V/micrometer, at least about 1.2 V/micrometer, at least about 1.4 V/micrometer, at least about 1.6 V/micrometer, or at least about 2 V/micrometer. In some embodiments, even higher electric field intensities may be used, for example, at least about 2 V/micrometer, at least about 3 V/micrometer, at least about 5 V/micrometer, at least about 7 V/micrometer, or at least about 10 V/micrometer or more.
  • As described, an electric field may be applied to fluidic droplets to cause the droplets to experience an electric force. The electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be, in some cases, at least about 10−16 N/micrometer3. In certain cases, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be greater, e.g., at least about 10−15 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−14 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−13 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−12 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−11 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−10 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−9 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−8 N/micrometer3, or at least about 10−7 N/micrometer3 or more. The electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets, relative to the surface area of the fluid, may be at least about 10−15 N/micrometer2, and in some cases, at least about 10−14 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−13 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−12 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−1 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−10 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−9 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−8 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−7 N/micrometer2, or at least about 10−6 N/micrometer2 or more. In yet other embodiments, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be at least about 10−9 N, at least about 10−8 N, at least about 10−7 N, at least about 10−6 N, at least about 10−5 N, or at least about 10−4 N or more in some cases.
  • In preferred embodiments described herein, droplet coalescence is presently carried out by having two droplet forming nozzles emitting droplets into the same main channel. The size of the nozzles allow for one nozzle to form a large drop that fills the exhaust line while the other nozzle forms a drop that is smaller than the first. The smaller droplet is formed at a rate that is less than the larger droplet rate, which insures that at most one small droplet is between big droplets. Normally, the small droplet will catch up to the larger one over a relatively short distance, but sometimes the recirculation zone behind the large drop causes the small drop to separate from the large drop cyclically. In addition, the small drop occasionally does not catch up with the large one over the distance between the nozzles and the coalescing electrodes. Thus, in some situations is a need for a more robust coalescence scheme.
  • Geometric alterations in the coalescence module can create a more robust, reliable coalescence or fusing of droplets over a wider range of sizes and flows. The solution to improve the performance is to place an expansion in the main channel between the electrodes. Optionally, a small constriction (neckdown) just before this expansion can be used to better align the droplets on their way into the coalescence point. This optional neckdown can help center the small droplet in the channel stream lines, reducing the chance that it will flow around the larger droplet prior to coalescing in the expansion. The electrode pair may be placed on either one side of the channel or on both sides.
  • The expansion in the coalescing region allows for a dramatic catching up of the small drop to the large drop, as shown through micrographs taken on an operating device. The volume of the expansion is big enough to slow the large droplet down so that the small drop always catches up to the large drop, but doesn't allow the next large drop to catch up and make contact with the pair to be coalesced. The electrodes allow for coalescence to take place when the drops are in contact with each other and passing through the field gradient.
  • The microfluidic device of the present invention can also include one or more detection modules. A “detection module” is a location within the device, typically within the main channel where molecules, cells, small molecules or particles are to be detected, identified, measured or interrogated on the basis of at least one predetermined characteristic. The molecules, cells, small molecules or particles can be examined one at a time, and the characteristic is detected or measured optically, for example, by testing for the presence or amount of a reporter. For example, the detection module is in communication with one or more detection apparatuses. The detection apparatuses can be optical or electrical detectors or combinations thereof. Examples of suitable detection apparatuses include optical waveguides, microscopes, diodes, light stimulating devices, (e.g., lasers), photo multiplier tubes, and processors (e.g., computers and software), and combinations thereof, which cooperate to detect a signal representative of a characteristic, marker, or reporter, and to determine and direct the measurement or the sorting action at the sorting module. However, other detection techniques can also be employed
  • The terms “detecting” or “determining,” as used herein, generally refers to the analysis or measurement of a species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, and/or the detection of the presence or absence of the species. “Detecting or “determining” may also refer to the analysis or measurement of an interaction between two or more species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, or by detecting the presence or absence of the interaction. Examples of suitable techniques include, but are not limited to, spectroscopy such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman; gravimetric techniques; ellipsometry; piezoelectric measurements; immunoassays; electrochemical measurements; optical measurements such as optical density measurements; circular dichromism; light scattering measurements such as quasielectric light scattering; polarimetry; refractometry; or turbidity measurements as described further herein.
  • A detection module is within, communicating or coincident with a portion of the main channel at or downstream of the inlet module and, in sorting embodiments, at, proximate to, or upstream of, the sorting module or branch point. The sorting module may be located immediately downstream of the detection module or it may be separated by a suitable distance consistent with the size of the molecules, the channel dimensions and the detection system. Precise boundaries for the detection module are not required, but are preferred.
  • One or more detections sensors and/or processors may be positioned to be in sensing communication with the fluidic droplet. “Sensing communication,” as used herein, means that the sensor may be positioned anywhere such that the fluidic droplet within the fluidic system (e.g., within a channel), and/or a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion. For example, the sensor may be in sensing communication with the fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet fluidly, optically or visually, thermally, pneumatically, electronically, or the like. The sensor can be positioned proximate the fluidic system, for example, embedded within or integrally connected to a wall of a channel, or positioned separately from the fluidic system but with physical, electrical, and/or optical communication with the fluidic system so as to be able to sense and/or determine the fluidic droplet and/or a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet (e.g., a channel or a microchannel, a liquid containing the fluidic droplet, etc.). For example, a sensor may be free of any physical connection with a channel containing a droplet, but may be positioned so as to detect electromagnetic radiation arising from the droplet or the fluidic system, such as infrared, ultraviolet, or visible light. The electromagnetic radiation may be produced by the droplet, and/or may arise from other portions of the fluidic system (or externally of the fluidic system) and interact with the fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet in such as a manner as to indicate one or more characteristics of the fluidic droplet, for example, through absorption, reflection, diffraction, refraction, fluorescence, phosphorescence, changes in polarity, phase changes, changes with respect to time, etc. As an example, a laser may be directed towards the fluidic droplet and/or the liquid surrounding the fluidic droplet, and the fluorescence of the fluidic droplet and/or the surrounding liquid may be determined. “Sensing communication,” as used herein may also be direct or indirect. As an example, light from the fluidic droplet may be directed to a sensor, or directed first through a fiber optic system, a waveguide, etc., before being directed to a sensor.
  • Non-limiting examples of detection sensors useful in the invention include optical or electromagnetically-based systems. For example, the sensor may be a fluorescence sensor (e.g., stimulated by a laser), a microscopy system (which may include a camera or other recording device), or the like. As another example, the sensor may be an electronic sensor, e.g., a sensor able to determine an electric field or other electrical characteristic. For example, the sensor may detect capacitance, inductance, etc., of a fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet. In some cases, the sensor may be connected to a processor, which in turn, cause an operation to be performed on the fluidic droplet, for example, by sorting the droplet.
  • Characteristics determinable with respect to the droplet and usable in the invention can be identified by those of ordinary skill in the art. Non-limiting examples of such characteristics include fluorescence, spectroscopy (e.g., optical, infrared, ultraviolet, etc.), radioactivity, mass, volume, density, temperature, viscosity, pH, concentration of a substance, such as a biological substance (e.g., a protein, a nucleic acid, etc.), or the like.
  • A corresponding signal is then produced, for example indicating that “yes” the characteristic is present, or “no” it is not. The signal may correspond to a characteristic qualitatively or quantitatively. That is, the amount of the signal can be measured and can correspond to the degree to which a characteristic is present. For example, the strength of the signal may indicate the size of a molecule, or the potency or amount of an enzyme expressed by a cell, or a positive or negative reaction such as binding or hybridization of one molecule to another, or a chemical reaction of a substrate catalyzed by an enzyme. In response to the signal, data can be collected and/or a control system in the sorting module, if present, can be activated to divert a droplet into one branch channel or another for delivery to the collection module or waste module. Thus, in sorting embodiments, molecules or cells within a droplet at a sorting module can be sorted into an appropriate branch channel according to a signal produced by the corresponding examination at a detection module. The means of changing the flow path can be accomplished through mechanical, electrical, optical, or some other technique as described herein.
  • A preferred detector is an optical detector, such as a microscope, which may be coupled with a computer and/or other image processing or enhancement devices to process images or information produced by the microscope using known techniques. For example, molecules can be analyzed and/or sorted by size or molecular weight. Enzymes can be analyzed and/or sorted by the extent to which they catalyze chemical reaction of a substrate (conversely, substrate can be analyzed and/or sorted by the level of chemical reactivity catalyzed by an enzyme). Cells can be sorted according to whether they contain or produce a particular protein, by using an optical detector to examine each cell for an optical indication of the presence or amount of that protein. The protein may itself be detectable, for example by a characteristic fluorescence, or it may be labeled or associated with a reporter that produces a detectable signal when the desired protein is present, or is present in at least a threshold amount. There is no limit to the kind or number of characteristics that can be identified or measured using the techniques of the invention, which include without limitation surface characteristics of the cell and intracellular characteristics, provided only that the characteristic or characteristics of interest for sorting can be sufficiently identified and detected or measured to distinguish cells having the desired characteristic(s) from those which do not. For example, any label or reporter as described herein can be used as the basis for analyzing and/or sorting molecules or cells, i.e. detecting molecules or cells to be collected.
  • As described herein, the biological/chemical entity to be analyzed may itself be detectable, for example by a characteristic fluorescence, or it may be labeled or associated with a reporter that produces a detectable signal when the desired protein is present, or is present in at least a threshold amount.
  • Luminescent colloidal semiconductor nanocrystals called quantum dots or q-dots (QD) are inorganic fluorophores that have the potential to circumvent some of the functional limitations encountered by organic dyes. In particular, CdSe—ZnS core-shell QDs exhibit size-dependent tunable photoluminescence (PL) with narrow emission bandwidths (FWHM −30 to 45 nm) that span the visible spectrum and broad absorption bands. These allow simultaneous excitation of several particle sizes (colors) at a common wavelength. This, in turn, allows simultaneous resolution of several colors using standard instrumentation. CdSe—ZnS QDs also have high quantum yields, are resistant to photodegradation, and can be detected optically at concentrations comparable to organic dyes.
  • Quantum dots are nano-scale semiconductors typically consisting of materials such as crystalline cadmium selenide. The term ‘q-dot’ emphasizes the quantum confinement effect of these materials, and typically refers to fluorescent nanocrystals in the quantum confined size range. Quantum confinement refers to the light emission from bulk (macroscopic) semiconductors such as LEDs which results from exciting the semiconductor either electrically or by shining light on it, creating electron-hole pairs which, when they recombine, emit light. The energy, and therefore the wavelength, of the emitted light is governed by the composition of the semiconductor material. If, however, the physical size of the semiconductor is considerably reduced to be much smaller than the natural radius of the electron-hole pair (Bohr radius), additional energy is required to “confine” this excitation within the nanoscopic semiconductor structure leading to a shift in the emission to shorter wavelengths. Three different q-dots in several concentrations each can be placed in a microdroplet, and can then be used with a microfluidic device to decode what is in the drop. The Q-dot readout extension to the fluorescence station can be incorporated into the design of the microfluidic device. A series of dichroic beamsplitters, emission filters, and detectors can be stacked onto the system, allowing measurement of the required five emission channels (two fluorescence polarization signals and three q-dot bands).
  • Fluorescence Polarization (FP) detection technology enables homogeneous assays suitable for high throughput screening assays in the Drug Discovery field. The most common label in the assays is fluorescein. In FP-assay the fluorophore is excited with polarized light. Only fluorophores parallel to the light absorb and are excited. The excited state has a lifetime before the light emission occurs. During this time the labeled fluorophore molecule rotates and the polarization of the light emitted differs from the excitation plane. To evaluate the polarization two measurements are needed: the first using a polarized emission filter parallel to the excitation filter (S-plane) and the second with a polarized emission filter perpendicular to the excitation filter (P-plane). The Fluorescence Polarization response is given as mP (milli-Polarization level) and is obtained from the equation:

  • Polarization (mP)=1000*(S−G*P)/(S+G*P)
  • Where S and P are background subtracted fluorescence count rates and G (grating) is an instrument and assay dependent factor.
  • The rotational speed of a molecule is dependent on the size of the molecule, temperature and viscosity of the solution. Fluorescein has a fluorescence lifetime suitable for the rotation speeds of molecules in bio-affinity assays like receptor-ligand binding assays or immunoassays of haptens. The basic principle is that the labeled compound is small and rotates rapidly (low polarization). When the labeled compound binds to the larger molecule, its rotation slows down considerably (polarization changes from low to high polarization). Thus, FP provides a direct readout of the extent of tracer binding to protein, nucleic acids, and other biopolymers.
  • Fluorescence polarization technology has been used in basic research and commercial diagnostic assays for many decades, but has begun to be widely used in drug discovery only in the past six years. Originally, FP assays for drug discovery were developed for single-tube analytical instruments, but the technology was rapidly converted to high-throughput screening assays when commercial plate readers with equivalent sensitivity became available. These assays include such well-known pharmaceutical targets such as kinases, phosphatases, proteases, G-protein coupled receptors, and nuclear receptors. Other homogeneous technologies based on fluorescence intensity have been developed. These include energy transfer, quenching, and enhancement assays. FP offers several advantages over these. The assays are usually easier to construct, since the tracers do not have to respond to binding by intensity changes. In addition, only one tracer is required and crude receptor preparations may be utilized. Furthermore, since FP is independent of intensity, it is relatively immune to colored solutions and cloudy suspensions. FP offers several advantages in the area of instrumentation. Because FP is a fundamental property of the molecule, and the reagents are stable, little or no standardization is required. FP is relatively insensitive to drift in detector gain settings and laser power.
  • The dyes chosen for FP are commonly used in most cell- and enzyme-based assays and are designed not to overlap significantly with the q-dots. The dyes are evaluated both independently and together with the q-dots (at first off-instrument) to assess the cross-talk. Preferably, the liquid q-dot labels are read outside a spectral wavelength band currently used in FACS analysis and sorting (i.e., the dyes flourescein, Cy3, Cy5, etc). This permits the use of currently-available assays (dependent on these dyes). Using specific q-dots, crosstalk is minimized.
  • Accordingly, the present invention provides methods to label droplets and/or nanoreactors formed on a microfluidic device by using only a single dye code to avoid cross-talk with other dyes during FP. Additionally, the present invention provides methods to create FP dye codes to label compounds contained within liquids (including droplets and/or nanoreactors) where the compound is designed to be differentiated by FP on a microfluidic device. In this manner, dye codes having the same color, absorption, and emission could be used to label compounds within liquids.
  • In one aspect, the present invention is directed to the use of fluorescence polarization to label liquids. Droplets can be labeled using several means. These labeling means include, but are not limited to, the use of different dyes, quantum dots, capacitance, opacity, light scattering, fluorescence intensity (FI), fluorescence lifetime (FL), fluorescence polarization (FP), circular dichroism (CD), fluorescence correlation and combinations of all of these previous labeling means. The following disclosure describes the use of FP and FI as a means to label droplets on a microfluidic device. In addition, the use of FL as a means to adjust the overall FP of a solution, and by varying the concentration of the total FI, to create a 2-dimensional encoding scheme is demonstrated.
  • In general, molecules that take up more volume will tumble slower than a smaller molecule coupled to the same fluorophore. FP is independent of the concentration of the dye; liquids can have vastly different concentrations of FITC in them yet still have identical FP measurements.
  • In a preferred embodiment, a FP dye is an organic dye that does not interfere with the assay dye is used. Furthermore, since the total intensity of the FP dye can be quantified, a second dimension in which to label the droplet is provided. Thus, one can exploit the differences in FP to create an encoding scheme of dye within a liquid solution, including droplets. Examples of ways to exploit the differences in FP are described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142. In a single dimension, FP can be used to create an encoding scheme. However, the present invention can also use Fluorescence Intensity (FI) of the overall solution to create even more labels in a second dimension. Interestingly, the differences of the fluorescence lifetime (FL) of two dyes with spectral overlap in the detected emission wavelength to change the overall FP of the combined solution can also be exploited.
  • Although the use of multiple compounds to which a dye molecule is attached to span a range of FP can be utilized, it is also possible to span the range using a high and low molecular weight compound set. For example, a dye can be attached to a large compound (for example streptavidin) and kept at a fixed concentration, to which a smaller compound (for example, a free dye molecule) would be titrated into the same solution. The FP of the solution can be adjusted to be in discernable increments from the value of the large molecule to somewhere slightly greater than the FP of the smaller molecule. The [total] dye intensity can be varied by varying the concentration of the mixture of the two dye-attached compounds. By varying total dye concentration and the FP, two dimensions can be used to generate the FP dye codes (FPcodes). Accordingly, many FPcodes can be generated using only two compounds.
  • This could also include use of large fluorescent proteins such as GFP and the phycobiliproteins combined with a smaller molecule.
  • In another aspect, the present invention is directed labeling solids using properties other than dye emission and dye concentration. In one embodiment the solid can include, for example, a bead or location on a solid support or chip. As demonstrated above for liquids, FI and FL can be two of many dimensions of characteristics used as labels. By way of non-limiting example, it is possible to use two dyes with different FL to change the overall FP for a solid such as a bead or other mobile solid support.
  • In another embodiment, a linker can be used to couple the dye to the bead. The linker can be varied so as to allow the dye to have differing degrees of freedom in which to rotate (i.e., tumble). Varying the linker in this manner can change the FP of the attached dye, which in unique combinations can be used as a label. In some embodiments, the beads can be swollen in organic solvent and the dyes held in place by hydrophobic forces. In this case, the FP, FI, FL methods described above for liquid labeling can also be used as a means for labeling the beads. A quenching molecule can also be used to change the characteristics of a dye. Such quenching can be continuous or brought about through the interaction of a molecule, such as a peptide or nucleic acid linker, with differing means of bringing molecules together depending on the strength of linker-internal interaction (e.g., a nucleotide stem loop structure of varying lengths).
  • The reactions analyzed on the virtual, random and non-random arrays (discussed briefly below) can be also increased beyond the two (cy3 and cy5 intensities) commonly used for multiplexing. For example, different FP, FI, etc can be used as a read-out.
  • Random array decoding: Beads of the prior art use one or more pre-attached oligonucleotide-coupled beads that are held in place in a fiber-optic faceplate (for example, those used by Illiumina). The oligos on the beads are decoded using sequential hybridization of a labeled complementary oligo. The assay of the prior art uses a separate oligonucleotide complementary zipcode (‘Illumacode’) attached to each type of bead.
  • The invention described herein is superior to the methods of the prior art in that the FP, FI, FL-labeled bead or mobile solid support can be placed into a random array (e.g., a chip as manufactured by Illumina) and the FP, FI, FL used to decode the bead. The FP, FI, FL of the bead can be decoded before using the chip and the different beads ‘mapped’ as to their specific locations. Alternatively, the bead can be decoded during attachment of the assay read-out. Significantly, the methods described by the present invention can be used to pre-determine the location of each bead-type either before, or during analysis.
  • Virtual array decoding: Methods of the prior art use 2 lasers and 3 detectors to differentiate a set of 100 bead-types. The beads-types are differentiated by the FI of two different dyes present in 1 of 10 concentrations (per dye) contained within the bead, and the assay detector is used to measure fluorescein concentration on the bead. The dyes, which are added to organic-solvent swollen beads, are not directly attached to the beads, but remain held within the bead by hydrophobic forces.
  • Using the methods of the present invention as described herein, a second detector to the machines of the prior art used to measure FP can be added, thereby adding a third dimension and extending the encoding scheme beyond the 100 available in the prior art.
  • Non-random array decoding: In chips of the prior art (such as those used by Affymetrix) oligonucleotides are synthesized directly on the chip. Decoding is simply a matter of knowing the location of the assay on the chip.
  • The methods as described herein can be advantageously used in conjunction with such chips to increase the number of things that can be simultaneously analyzed (i.e., multiplexed) on the chip. By way of non-limiting example, Cy3, Cy5, FL and FP can be used as analysis markers for hybridization reactions.
  • The present invention can include also provides methods for labeling micro or nano-sized droplets using Radio Frequency Identification (RFID). RFID tags can improve the identification of the contents within the droplets. Preferably, the droplets are utilized within a microfluidic device.
  • RFID is an automatic identification method, relying on storing and remotely retrieving data using devices called RFID tags or transponders. An RFID tag is an object that can be attached to or incorporated into a product, animal, or person for the purpose of identification using radio waves. Chip-based RFID tags contain silicon chips and antennae. Passive tags require no internal power source, whereas active tags require a power source. Hitachi has “powder” 0.05 mm×0.05 mm RFID chips. The new chips are 64 times smaller than the previous record holder, the 0.4 mm×0.4 mm mu-chips, and nine times smaller than Hitachi's last year prototype, and have room for a 128-bit ROM that can store a unique 38-digit ID number.
  • In one embodiment, a solution containing RFID tags are emulsified into droplets and are used as a label for the identification of the material within the droplet solution. Applications include, but are not limited to; genetics, genomics, proteomics, chemical synthesis, biofuels, and others.
  • Lasers
  • To detect a reporter or determine whether a molecule, cell or particle has a desired characteristic, the detection module may include an apparatus for stimulating a reporter for that characteristic to emit measurable light energy, e.g., a light source such as a laser, laser diode, light emitting diode (LED), high-intensity lamp, (e.g., mercury lamp), and the like. Where a lamp is used, the channels are preferably shielded from light in all regions except the detection module. Where a laser is used, the laser can be set to scan across a set of detection modules from different analysis units. In addition, laser diodes or LED's may be microfabricated into the same chip that contains the analysis units. Alternatively, laser diodes or LED's may be incorporated into a second chip (i.e., a laser diode chip) that is placed adjacent to the analysis or microchip such that the laser light from the diodes shines on the detection module(s).
  • An integrated semiconductor laser and/or an integrated photodiode detector can be included on the substrate in the vicinity of the detection module. This design provides the advantages of compactness and a shorter optical path for exciting and/or emitted radiation, thus minimizing distortion and losses.
  • Fluorescence produced by a reporter is excited using a laser beam focused on molecules (e.g., DNA, protein, enzyme or substrate) or cells passing through a detection region. Fluorescent reporters can include, but are not limited to, rhodamine, fluorescein, Texas red, Cy 3, Cy 5, phycobiliprotein (e.g., phycoerythrin), green fluorescent protein (GFP), YOYO-1 and PicoGreen. In molecular fingerprinting applications, the reporter labels can be fluorescently labeled single nucleotides, such as fluorescein-dNTP, rhodamine-dNTP, Cy3-dNTP, etc.; where dNTP represents dATP, dTTP, dUTP or dCTP. The reporter can also be chemically-modified single nucleotides, such as biotin-dNTP. The reporter can be fluorescently or chemically labeled amino acids or antibodies (which bind to a particular antigen, or fragment thereof, when expressed or displayed by a cell or virus).
  • The device can analyze and/or sort cells based on the level of expression of selected cell markers, such as cell surface markers, which have a detectable reporter bound thereto, in a manner similar to that currently employed using fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) machines. Proteins or other characteristics within a cell, and which do not necessarily appear on the cell surface, can also be identified and used as a basis for sorting. The device can also determine the size or molecular weight of molecules such as polynucleotides or polypeptides (including enzymes and other proteins) or fragments thereof passing through the detection module. Alternatively, the device can determine the presence or degree of some other characteristic indicated by a reporter. If desired, the cells, particles or molecules can be sorted based on this analysis. The sorted cells, particles or molecules can be collected from the outlet channels in collection modules (or discarded in wasted modules) and used as needed. The collected cells, particles or molecules can be removed from the device or reintroduced to the device for additional coalescence, analysis and sorting.
  • As used herein, a “processor” or a “microprocessor” is any component or device able to receive a signal from one or more sensors, store the signal, and/or direct one or more responses (e.g., as described above), for example, by using a mathematical formula or an electronic or computational circuit. The signal may be any suitable signal indicative of the environmental factor determined by the sensor, for example a pneumatic signal, an electronic signal, an optical signal, a mechanical signal, etc.
  • The device of the present invention can comprise features, such as integrated metal alloy components and/or features patterned in an electrically conductive layer, for detecting droplets by broadcasting a signal around a droplet and picking up an electrical signal in proximity to the droplet.
  • The device of the present invention also comprises the use of beads and methods for analyzing and sorting beads (i.e., bead reader device). The device can read and either sort or not sort droplets containing one or more of a set of two or more beads. Each bead can be differentiated from each other bead within a set. Beads can be separated by several tags including, but not limited to, quantum dyes, fluorescent dyes, ratios of fluorescent dyes, radioactivity, radio-tags, etc. For example, a set of beads containing a ratio of two dyes in discrete amounts with an apparatus for detecting and differentiating beads containing one discrete ratio from the other beads in this set having a different ratio of the two dyes. The microfluidic device can include paramagnetic beads. The paramagnetic beads can introduce and remove chemical components from droplets using droplet coalescence and breakup events. The paramagnetic beads can also be used for sorting droplets.
  • The present invention provides methods of screening molecular libraries on beads through limited-dilution-loading and then chemical or optical release inside of droplets. Provided are methods for chemical synthesis on a bead and releasing said chemical attached to the bead using a releasing means (chemical, UV light, heat, etc) within a droplet, and then combining a second droplet to the first droplet for further manipulation. For example, tea-bag synthesis of chemicals on a bead simultaneously with a means for identifying said bead (using, for example, a mass spec tag). Using the resulting mixed-chemistry beads in a droplet within a fluid flow, and exposing the beads to UV light to release the chemical synthesized from the bead into the droplet environment. Combining the droplet containing the released chemical with a droplet containing a cell, and performing a cell-based assay. Sorting droplets having the desired characteristics (for example, turn on of a reporter gene), and then analyzing the sorted beads using mass spectroscopy.
  • The device of the present invention can comprise column separation prior to bead sorting. A device containing a channel loaded with a separating means for chromatographically sorting the sample prior to droplet formation. Such separating means could include size, charge, hydrophobicity, atomic mass, etc. The separating can be done isocratic or by use of a means for generating a gradient chemically, (for example using salt or hydrophobicity), electrically, by pressure, or etc. For example, a channel is preloaded with Sepharose size exclusion media. A sample is loaded at one end, and the droplets are formed at an opposing end. The sample separates by size prior to becoming incorporated within a droplet.
  • The microfluidic device of the present invention can further include one or more sorting modules. A “sorting module” is a junction of a channel where the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles can change direction to enter one or more other channels, e.g., a branch channel for delivery to an outlet module (i.e., collection or waste module), depending on a signal received in connection with an examination in the detection module. Typically, a sorting module is monitored and/or under the control of a detection module, and therefore a sorting module may “correspond” to such detection module. The sorting region is in communication with and is influenced by one or more sorting apparatuses. A sorting apparatus comprises techniques or control systems, e.g., dielectric, electric, electro-osmotic, (micro-) valve, etc. A control system can employ a variety of sorting techniques to change or direct the flow of molecules, cells, small molecules or particles into a predetermined branch channel. A “branch channel” is a channel which is in communication with a sorting region and a main channel. The main channel can communicate with two or more branch channels at the sorting module or “branch point”, forming, for example, a T-shape or a Y-shape. Other shapes and channel geometries may be used as desired. Typically, a branch channel receives molecules, cells, small molecules or particles depending on the molecule, cells, small molecules or particles characteristic of interest as detected by the detection module and sorted at the sorting module. A branch channel can have an outlet module and/or terminate with a well or reservoir to allow collection or disposal (collection module or waste module, respectively) of the molecules, cells, small molecules or particles. Alternatively, a branch channel may be in communication with other channels to permit additional sorting.
  • The device of the present invention can further include one or more outlet modules. An “outlet module” is an area of the device that collects or dispenses molecules, cells, small molecules or particles after coalescence, detection and/or sorting. The outlet module can include a collection module and/or a waste module. The collection module can be connected to a means for storing a sample. The collection module can be a well or reservoir for collecting and containing droplets detected to have a specific predetermined characteristic in the detection module. The collection module can be temperature controlled. The waste module can be connected to a means for discarding a sample. The waste module can be a well or reservoir for collecting and containing droplets detected to not have a specific predetermined characteristic in the detection module. The outlet module is downstream from a sorting module, if present, or downstream from the detection module if a sorting module is not present. The outlet module may contain branch channels or outlet channels for connection to a collection module or waste module. A device can contain more than one outlet module.
  • A characteristic of a fluidic droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion, for example, as described herein (e.g., fluorescence of the fluidic droplet may be determined), and, in response, an electric field may be applied or removed from the fluidic droplet to direct the fluidic droplet to a particular region (e.g. a channel). A fluidic droplet is preferably sorted or steered by inducing a dipole in the uncharged fluidic droplet (which may be initially charged or uncharged), and sorting or steering the droplet using an applied electric field. The electric field may be an AC field, a DC field, etc. Methods of sorting or steering droplets in an electric field are as described in WO 2006/040551; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0005254; WO 2006/040554; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0184489; WO 2004/002627; U.S. Pat. No. 7,708,949; WO 2004/091763; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0163385; WO 2005/021151; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0003442; WO 2006/096571; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0131543; WO 2007/089541; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0195127; WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2007/133710 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0014589. Improvements in the efficiency, accuracy, and reliability of the preferred dielectric droplet sorting technique described above are possibly by utilizing additional channel and electrode geometries, as described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142.
  • Alternately, a fluidic droplet may be directed by creating an electric charge (e.g., as previously described) on the droplet, and steering the droplet using an applied electric field, which may be an AC field, a DC field, etc. As an example, an electric field maybe selectively applied and removed (or a different electric field may be applied) as needed to direct the fluidic droplet to a particular region. The electric field may be selectively applied and removed as needed, in some embodiments, without substantially altering the flow of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet. For example, a liquid may flow on a substantially steady-state basis (i.e., the average flowrate of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet deviates by less than 20% or less than 15% of the steady-state flow or the expected value of the flow of liquid with respect to time, and in some cases, the average flowrate may deviate less than 10% or less than 5%) or other predetermined basis through a fluidic system of the invention (e.g., through a channel or a microchannel), and fluidic droplets contained within the liquid may be directed to various regions, e.g., using an electric field, without substantially altering the flow of the liquid through the fluidic system.
  • In some embodiments, the fluidic droplets may be sorted into more than two channels. Alternately, a fluidic droplet may be sorted and/or split into two or more separate droplets, for example, depending on the particular application. Any of the above-described techniques may be used to spilt and/or sort droplets. As a non-limiting example, by applying (or removing) a first electric field to a device (or a portion thereof), a fluidic droplet may be directed to a first region or channel; by applying (or removing) a second electric field to the device (or a portion thereof), the droplet may be directed to a second region or channel; by applying a third electric field to the device (or a portion thereof), the droplet may be directed to a third region or channel; etc., where the electric fields may differ in some way, for example, in intensity, direction, frequency, duration, etc. In a series of droplets, each droplet may be independently sorted and/or split; for example, some droplets may be directed to one location or another, while other droplets may be split into multiple droplets directed to two or more locations.
  • In some cases, high sorting speeds may be achievable using certain systems and methods of the invention. For instance, at least about 1 droplet per second may be determined and/or sorted in some cases, and in other cases, at least about 10 droplets per second, at least about 20 droplets per second, at least about 30 droplets per second, at least about 100 droplets per second, at least about 200 droplets per second, at least about 300 droplets per second, at least about 500 droplets per second, at least about 750 droplets per second, at least about 1000 droplets per second, at least about 1500 droplets per second, at least about 2000 droplets per second, at least about 3000 droplets per second, at least about 5000 droplets per second, at least about 7500 droplets per second, at least about 10,000 droplets per second, at least about 15,000 droplets per second, at least about 20,000 droplets per second, at least about 30,000 droplets per second, at least about 50,000 droplets per second, at least about 75,000 droplets per second, at least about 100,000 droplets per second, at least about 150,000 droplets per second, at least about 200,000 droplets per second, at least about 300,000 droplets per second, at least about 500,000 droplets per second, at least about 750,000 droplets per second, at least about 1,000,000 droplets per second may be determined and/or sorted in such a fashion.
  • The present invention proposes methods for recovering aqueous phase components from aqueous emulsions that have been collected on a microfluidic device in a minimum number of steps and in a gentle manner so as to minimize potential damage to cell viability.
  • In one aspect, a stable aqueous sample droplet emulsion containing aqueous phase components in a continuous phase carrier fluid is allowed to cream to the top of the continuous phase carrier oil. By way of nonlimiting example, the continuous phase carrier fluid can include a perfluorocarbon oil that can have one or more stabilizing surfactants. The aqueous emulsion rises to the top or separates from the continuous phase carrier fluid by virtue of the density of the continuous phase fluid being greater than that of the aqueous phase emulsion. For example, the perfluorocarbon oil used in one embodiment of the device is 1.8, compared to the density of the aqueous emulsion, which is 1.0.
  • The creamed emulsion is then placed onto a second continuous phase carrier fluid which contains a de-stabilizing surfactant, such as a perfluorinated alcohol (e.g., 1H, 1H,2H,2H-Perfluoro-1-octanol). The second continuous phase carrier fluid can also be a perfluorocarbon oil. Upon mixing, the aqueous emulsion begins to coalesce, and coalescence is completed by brief centrifugation at low speed (e.g., 1 minute at 2000 rpm in a microcentrifuge). The coalesced aqueous phase can now be removed (cells can be placed in an appropriate environment for further analysis).
  • Additional destabilizing surfactants and/or oil combinations can be identified or synthesized to be useful with this invention.
  • The microfluidic devices of the present invention can further include one or more mixing modules, one or more delay modules, one or more acoustic actuators and/or UV-release modules, as described in WO 2007/081385; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0137163; WO 2008/063227 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0003142.
  • The terms used in this specification generally have their ordinary meanings in the art, within the context of this invention and in the specific context where each term is used. Certain terms are discussed below, or elsewhere in the specification, to provide additional guidance to the practitioner in describing the devices and methods of the invention and how to make and use them. It will be appreciated that the same thing can typically be described in more than one way. Consequently, alternative language and synonyms may be used for any one or more of the terms discussed herein. Synonyms for certain terms are provided. However, a recital of one or more synonyms does not exclude the use of other synonyms, nor is any special significance to be placed upon whether or not a term is elaborated or discussed herein. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference. In the case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and are not intended to be limiting.
  • The invention is also described by means of particular examples. However, the use of such examples anywhere in the specification, including examples of any terms discussed herein, is illustrative only and in no way limits the scope and meaning of the invention or of any exemplified term. Likewise, the invention is not limited to any particular preferred embodiments described herein. Indeed, many modifications and variations of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art upon reading this specification and can be made without departing from its spirit and scope. The invention is therefore to be limited only by the terms of the appended claims along with the full scope of equivalents to which the claims are entitled.
  • As used herein, “about” or “approximately” shall generally mean within 20 percent, preferably within 10 percent, and more preferably within 5 percent of a given value or range.
  • The term “molecule” means any distinct or distinguishable structural unit of matter comprising one or more atoms, and includes for example polypeptides and polynucleotides.
  • The term “polymer” means any substance or compound that is composed of two or more building blocks (‘mers’) that are repetitively linked to each other. For example, a “dimer” is a compound in which two building blocks have been joined together.
  • The term “polynucleotide” as used herein refers to a polymeric molecule having a backbone that supports bases capable of hydrogen bonding to typical polynucleotides, where the polymer backbone presents the bases in a manner to permit such hydrogen bonding in a sequence specific fashion between the polymeric molecule and a typical polynucleotide (e.g., single-stranded DNA). Such bases are typically inosine, adenosine, guanosine, cytosine, uracil and thymidine. Polymeric molecules include double and single stranded RNA and DNA, and backbone modifications thereof, for example, methylphosphonate linkages.
  • Thus, a “polynucleotide” or “nucleotide sequence” is a series of nucleotide bases (also called “nucleotides”) generally in DNA and RNA, and means any chain of two or more nucleotides. A nucleotide sequence typically carries genetic information, including the information used by cellular machinery to make proteins and enzymes. These terms include double or single stranded genomic and cDNA, RNA, any synthetic and genetically manipulated polynucleotide, and both sense and anti-sense polynucleotide (although only sense stands are being represented herein). This includes single- and double-stranded molecules, i.e., DNA-DNA, DNA-RNA and RNA-RNA hybrids, as well as “protein nucleic acids” (PNA) formed by conjugating bases to an amino acid backbone. This also includes nucleic acids containing modified bases, for example thio-uracil, thio-guanine and fluoro-uracil.
  • The polynucleotides herein may be flanked by natural regulatory sequences, or may be associated with heterologous sequences, including promoters, enhancers, response elements, signal sequences, polyadenylation sequences, introns, 5′- and 3′-non-coding regions, and the like. The nucleic acids may also be modified by many means known in the art. Non-limiting examples of such modifications include methylation, “caps”, substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, and internucleotide modifications such as, for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoroamidates, carbamates, etc.) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.). Polynucleotides may contain one or more additional covalently linked moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, poly-L-lysine, etc.), intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), chelators (e.g., metals, radioactive metals, iron, oxidative metals, etc.), and alkylators. The polynucleotides may be derivatized by formation of a methyl or ethyl phosphotriester or an alkyl phosphoramidate linkage. Furthermore, the polynucleotides herein may also be modified with a label capable of providing a detectable signal, either directly or indirectly. Exemplary labels include radioisotopes, fluorescent molecules, biotin, and the like.
  • The term “dielectrophoretic force gradient” means a dielectrophoretic force is exerted on an object in an electric field provided that the object has a different dielectric constant than the surrounding media. This force can either pull the object into the region of larger field or push it out of the region of larger field. The force is attractive or repulsive depending respectively on whether the object or the surrounding media has the larger dielectric constant.
  • “DNA” (deoxyribonucleic acid) means any chain or sequence of the chemical building blocks adenine (A), guanine (G), cytosine (C) and thymine (T), called nucleotide bases, that are linked together on a deoxyribose sugar backbone. DNA can have one strand of nucleotide bases, or two complimentary strands which may form a double helix structure. “RNA” (ribonucleic acid) means any chain or sequence of the chemical building blocks adenine (A), guanine (G), cytosine (C) and uracil (U), called nucleotide bases, that are linked together on a ribose sugar backbone. RNA typically has one strand of nucleotide bases.
  • A “polypeptide” (one or more peptides) is a chain of chemical building blocks called amino acids that are linked together by chemical bonds called peptide bonds. A “protein” is a polypeptide produced by a living organism. A protein or polypeptide may be “native” or “wild-type”, meaning that it occurs in nature; or it may be a “mutant”, “variant” or “modified”, meaning that it has been made, altered, derived, or is in some way different or changed from a native protein, or from another mutant.
  • An “enzyme” is a polypeptide molecule, usually a protein produced by a living organism, that catalyzes chemical reactions of other substances. The enzyme is not itself altered or destroyed upon completion of the reaction, and can therefore be used repeatedly to catalyze reactions. A “substrate” refers to any substance upon which an enzyme acts.
  • As used herein, “particles” means any substance that may be encapsulated within a droplet for analysis, reaction, sorting, or any operation according to the invention. Particles are not only objects such as microscopic beads (e.g., chromatographic and fluorescent beads), latex, glass, silica or paramagnetic beads, but also includes other encapsulating porous and/or biomaterials such as liposomes, vesicles and other emulsions. Beads ranging in size from 0.1 micron to 1 mm can be used in the devices and methods of the invention and are therefore encompassed with the term “particle” as used herein. The term particle also encompasses biological cells, as well as beads and other microscopic objects of similar size (e.g., from about 0.1 to 120 microns, and typically from about 1 to 50 microns) or smaller (e.g., from about 0.1 to 150 nm). The devices and methods of the invention are also directed to sorting and/or analyzing molecules of any kind, including polynucleotides, polypeptides and proteins (including enzymes) and their substrates and small molecules (organic or inorganic). Thus, the term particle further encompasses these materials.
  • The particles (including, e.g., cells and molecules) are sorted and/or analyzed by encapsulating the particles into individual droplets (e.g., droplets of aqueous solution in oil), and these droplets are then sorted, combined and/or analyzed in a microfabricated device. Accordingly, the term “droplet” generally includes anything that is or can be contained within a droplet.
  • A “small molecule” or “small molecule chemical compound” as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition that has a molecular weight of less than 500 Daltons. Small molecules are distinguished from polynucleotides, polypeptides, carbohydrates and lipids.
  • As used herein, “cell” means any cell or cells, as well as viruses or any other particles having a microscopic size, e.g. a size that is similar to or smaller than that of a biological cell, and includes any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell, e.g., bacteria, fungi, plant and animal cells. Cells are typically spherical, but can also be elongated, flattened, deformable and asymmetrical, i.e., non-spherical. The size or diameter of a cell typically ranges from about 0.1 to 120 microns, and typically is from about 1 to 50 microns. A cell may be living or dead. Since the microfabricated device of the invention is directed to sorting materials having a size similar to a biological cell (e.g. about 0.1 to 120 microns) or smaller (e.g., about 0.1 to 150 nm) any material having a size similar to or smaller than a biological cell can be characterized and sorted using the microfabricated device of the invention. Thus, the term cell shall further include microscopic beads (such as chromatographic and fluorescent beads), liposomes, emulsions, or any other encapsulating biomaterials and porous materials. Non-limiting examples include latex, glass, or paramagnetic beads; and vesicles such as emulsions and liposomes, and other porous materials such as silica beads. Beads ranging in size from 0.1 micron to 1 mm can also be used, for example in sorting a library of compounds produced by combinatorial chemistry. As used herein, a cell may be charged or uncharged. For example, charged beads may be used to facilitate flow or detection, or as a reporter. Biological cells, living or dead, may be charged for example by using a surfactant, such as SDS (sodium dodecyl sulfate). The term cell further encompasses “virions”, whether or not virions are expressly mentioned.
  • A “virion”, “virus particle” is the complete particle of a virus. Viruses typically comprise a nucleic acid core (comprising DNA or RNA) and, in certain viruses, a protein coat or “capsid”. Certain viruses may have an outer protein covering called an “envelope”. A virion may be either living (i.e., “viable”) or dead (i.e., “non-viable”). A living or “viable” virus is one capable of infecting a living cell. Viruses are generally smaller than biological cells and typically range in size from about 20-25 nm diameter or less (parvoviridae, picomoviridae) to approximately 200-450 nm (poxviridae). However, some filamentous viruses may reach lengths of 2000 nm (closterviruses) and are therefore larger than some bacterial cells. Since the microfabricated device of the invention is particularly suited for sorting materials having a size similar to a virus (i.e., about 0.1 to 150 nm), any material having a size similar to a virion can be characterized and sorted using the microfabricated device of the invention. Non-limiting examples include latex, glass or paramagnetic beads; vesicles such as emulsions and liposomes; and other porous materials such as silica beads. Beads ranging in size from 0.1 to 150 nm can also be used, for example, in sorting a library of compounds produced by combinatorial chemistry. As used herein, a virion may be charged or uncharged. For example, charged beads may be used to facilitate flow or detection, or as a reporter. Biological viruses, whether viable or non-viable, may be charged, for example, by using a surfactant, such as SDS.
  • A “reporter” is any molecule, or a portion thereof, that is detectable, or measurable, for example, by optical detection. In addition, the reporter associates with a molecule, cell or virion or with a particular marker or characteristic of the molecule, cell or virion, or is itself detectable to permit identification of the molecule, cell or virion's, or the presence or absence of a characteristic of the molecule, cell or virion. In the case of molecules such as polynucleotides such characteristics include size, molecular weight, the presence or absence of particular constituents or moieties (such as particular nucleotide sequences or restrictions sites). In the case of cells, characteristics which may be marked by a reporter includes antibodies, proteins and sugar moieties, receptors, polynucleotides, and fragments thereof. The term “label” can be used interchangeably with “reporter”. The reporter is typically a dye, fluorescent, ultraviolet, or chemiluminescent agent, chromophore, or radio-label, any of which may be detected with or without some kind of stimulatory event, e.g., fluoresce with or without a reagent. In one embodiment, the reporter is a protein that is optically detectable without a device, e.g. a laser, to stimulate the reporter, such as horseradish peroxidase (HRP). A protein reporter can be expressed in the cell that is to be detected, and such expression may be indicative of the presence of the protein or it can indicate the presence of another protein that may or may not be coexpressed with the reporter. A reporter may also include any substance on or in a cell that causes a detectable reaction, for example by acting as a starting material, reactant or a catalyst for a reaction which produces a detectable product. Cells may be sorted, for example, based on the presence of the substance, or on the ability of the cell to produce the detectable product when the reporter substance is provided.
  • A “marker” is a characteristic of a molecule, cell or virion that is detectable or is made detectable by a reporter, or which may be coexpressed with a reporter. For molecules. a marker can be particular constituents or moieties, such as restrictions sites or particular nucleic acid sequences in the case of polynucleotides. For cells and virions, characteristics may include a protein, including enzyme, receptor and ligand proteins, saccharides, polynucleotides, and combinations thereof, or any biological material associated with a cell or virion. The product of an enzymatic reaction may also be used as a marker. The marker may be directly or indirectly associated with the reporter or can itself be a reporter. Thus, a marker is generally a distinguishing feature of a molecule, cell or virion, and a reporter is generally an agent which directly or indirectly identifies or permits measurement of a marker. These terms may, however, be used interchangeably. The invention is further described below, by way of the following examples. The examples also illustrate useful methodology for practicing the invention. These examples do not limit the claimed invention.
  • EXAMPLES
  • Material and Methods
  • Microfluidic devices were prepared by standard soft lithography techniques (Xia, Y. N., and Whitesides, G. M., Ann. Rev. Mat. Sci. 28: 153-184, 1998) in poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS) with channel depths of 20 μm. The PDMS was treated in an oxygen plasma oven (Gala Instrumente) and bound to a glass slide. The surface was treated with Trichloro(1H,1H,2H,2H-perfluorooctyl)silane from Aldrich, 20 μl dissolved in 1 ml HFE-7100 (3M). The channels where then flushed with a commercial fluorinated oil (FC40, 3M, density F=1.9 103 kg/m3) and subsequently dried with N2 prior to use was used to decrease the wettability of aqueous phase on the channel walls. All devices consisted of one (for all test devices) or two (for the exchange experiment) classical flow focusing nozzles of 10 μm cross-section, enabling the production of water droplets in a continuous oil phase (Anna et al., Applied Physics Letters 82: 364-366, 2003) followed by a thin channel of width w=40 μm and variable length L in which the droplets are separated to prevent collision for a time τ˜L, and finally an exchange part in which droplets can collide and the continuous oil phase is exchanged. The aqueous phase was pure water (Milli-Q grade, 18MQ), the oil phase was FC40, which (i) does not cause PDMS swelling and (ii) does not solubilize most nonfluorinated organic molecules and thereby hinders the exchange of molecules between droplets through phase partitioning.
  • Two different amphiphilic molecule with a fluorinated tail of a commercial oil (krytox FSH) and a hydrophilic head (either dimorpholinophosphate (DMP) or ammonium carboxylate R24 (Clausell-Tormos et al., Chem Biol 15: 427-437, 2008; Loeker et al., Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects 214: 143-150, 2003) were used as a surfactant, solublized in the oil at a concentration C(w/w)=5%. Volumetric flow rates were controlled using syringe pumps (PHD22/2000, Harvard Apparatus). This device is interfaced with an optical setup to measure droplet fluorescence in an epifluorescence geometry. For the exchange experiments, the aqueous phase was doped with resorufin at micromolar concentration in PBS buffer solution.
  • Example 1
  • The continuous stream of droplets in surfactant loaded oil is subsequently subjected to several actively controlled extractions of the continuous fluorinated oil phase and injections of pure oil (See, FIG. 1 ). This apparatus and method first reduces the volume fraction of surfactant loaded oil, thus densifying the droplets in the main channel after the extraction. Subsequent injection of pure oil dilutes the surfactant in the continuous phase. This injection of pure oil also serves to respace the droplets. This can be repeated several times, which reduces the micellar concentration considerably. Additional oil extractions can be added to control the droplet density in the delay line. (See, the right margin of FIG. 1 ).
  • The effect of such an actively controlled oil exchange on the exchange of small fluorescent molecules between droplets was monitored in a delay line on chip (See, FIG. 2 ). The fluorophore under investigation was resorufin. Two droplet populations with different concentrations of 10 and 4 μM were created and merged (See, leftmost margin of FIG. 1 ). The exchange was monitored by measuring the fluorescent intensity at two points on chip: a start point right after the merging of the two populations and an endpoint after a delay line of approx. 10 minutes. The result is shown in FIG. 2 . Exchange flow rates [μl/h] are given on the right side, the coding is: 1st oil extractor-pure oil injection-2nd oil extractor-pure oil injection.
  • A statistical analysis over 100,000 droplets was performed and the data were scaled to the start point lower intensity (4 μM). A shifting of the higher fluorescent intensity peak towards lower values at the endpoint (black bars) thus shows an exchange of fluorophore between droplets in the delay line. This is the case for resorufin when the continuous oil phase is not exchanged and therefore filled with micelles (See, top portion of FIG. 2 ). However, when the continuous oil phase is exchanged by activating the pumps at the extractors and injectors (See, FIG. 1 ), the exchange between droplets can be dramatically reduced and effectively eliminated (See, bottom portion of FIG. 2 ). For flow rates of 50 μl/h for the four pumps of the 1st and 2nd oil extractor and the two pure oil injectors the higher fluorescent intensity peak and the endpoint does not change with respect to its value at the start point which means that both droplet populations did not exchange any resorufin.
  • Example 2
  • In this example, droplets are produced and then transferred from the surfactant loaded oil stream into a surfactant free oil stream making use of the laminar flow conditions in a microfluidic device. The focus is to switch the droplets in an exchange chamber from one laminar oil stream to an adjacent laminar stream. In this way, the aqueous droplets leave the surfactant loaded oil stream after a period of time sufficiently long to stabilize the interface and enter a surfactant free oil stream. The droplets are now in a completely micelle free environment and even if surfactant detaches from the interface and enters the continuous phase, this process is slow and will end when the CMC is reached. A schematic design of the exchange chamber is illustrated in FIG. 3 . The droplets enter the chamber from the lower left and their stream (surfactant loaded oil and aqueous droplets) is paralleled by a stream of pure oil, entering from the lower right. Due to the laminar flow regime the surfactant is not mixed with the pure oil as its diffusion perpendicular to the flow lines is limited. The laminar flow (dotted line) is generated and the flow rates of the two stream are adjusted such that a considerable amount of pure oil enters the “waste” channel (upper left) to avoid a transfer of the surfactant loaded oil stream into the droplet/surfactant free stream extraction channel (upper right). The desired pathway of the droplets is shown as by the solid arrow.
  • The actual switching of the droplets from one stream to another can be achieved by various means, including, but not limited to, obstacles (e.g. pillars), 3D structures (e.g. vertical traps), and electrical fields (e.g. by dielectrophoresis).
  • The concept of pillars is shown in FIG. 4 . Two simple pillars within the microfluidic channel serve as obstacles in the surfactant loaded oil stream and randomize the droplet flow such that about 50% of droplets enter the extraction channel (See, FIG. 4 , Panel A). Limitations of the simple pillar concept are that large droplets tend to split. This splitting can be reduced by either reducing the velocities of the droplets (which is limited by the geometry of the flow focusing apparatus) or the use of more sophisticated pillar shapes with a design analogous to those used in aerodynamics where the pressure profiles are less pronounced at the edges (See, FIG. 4 , Panels B and C). The photograph in Panel A shows surfactant oil flowing at 20 μl/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 20 μl/h and pure oil flowing at 100 μl/h. The photograph in Panel B shows surfactant oil flowing at 50 μl/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 50 μl/h and pure oil flowing at 300 μl/h.
  • In another embodiment to address the problem of wasted/lost droplets and droplet breakup at higher flow rates, obstacles arranged in a ladder-like fashion with smoother shapes was tested (See, FIG. 5 ). FIG. 5 , Panel A shows a single ladder design. The photograph in Panel A shows surfactant oil flowing at 50 μl/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 20 μl/h and pure oil flowing at 100 μl/h. FIG. 5 , Panel B shows a double ladder design to increase efficiency and minimize loss. The photograph in Panel B shows surfactant oil flowing at 50 μl/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 50 μl/h and pure oil flowing at 300 μl/h. FIG. 5 , Panel C shows additional ladder element designs. The number of wasted droplets and droplet breakup can indeed be reduced with this design, especially in the case of double ladder arrangements.
  • In another embodiment to address the problem of wasted/lost droplets and droplet breakup at higher flow rates, a surfactant filter was designed (See, schematic in FIG. 6 , Left Panel). In FIG. 6 , the surfactant loaded oil stream is gently evacuated and where the droplets are not subjected to a pathway that induces multiple shear forces on the droplets as is the case for obstacles. Specifically, droplets shift with no loss (middle Panel) and the surfactant is completely filtered (dark flow lines in the right Panel, the flow lines made visible by ink in the water. The photograph in Panel B shows surfactant oil flowing at 70 μl/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 50 μl/h and pure oil flowing at 800 μl/h. The photograph in Panel C shows ink in the water flowing at 70 μl/h and pure oil flowing at 400 μl/h. This design completely eliminates the loss of droplets into the waste channel even at high flow rates and when using large droplets while the surfactant loaded oil stream is completely evacuated.
  • A 3D shifter where the droplets follow a deeper part of the channel due to high buoyancy forces was also tested (See, FIG. 7 , Panel A). Results show that in this design droplets do not split and utilizing lower flow rates of the pure oil stream will minimize the loss of droplets into the waste channel. The photograph in Panel A shows surfactant oil flowing at 70 μl/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 50 μl/h and pure oil flowing at 200 μl/h.
  • Finally, an electrical field gradient (Ahn et al., Applied Physics Letters 88: Art. No. 024104, 2006; Baret et al., Lab on a Chip 9: 1850-1858, 2009) was used to move droplets across the streamlines by dielectrophoresis (See, FIG. 7 , Panel B). The results showed that application of an AC electric field of 1-1.4 kVp-p across the electrodes leads to a deflection of the droplets into the surfactant free arm. The photograph in Panel B shows surfactant oil flowing at 1000 μl/h, aqueous droplets flowing at 200 μl/h and pure oil flowing at 4000 μl/h.
  • Example 3
  • In this example, droplets are created and directed into a reservoir (e.g., vial or other container) that is mounted on top of the microfluidic device (See, FIG. 8 ). This reservoir is filled with pure oil and thus the aqueous droplets will cream/rise towards the top of the reservoir due to the high buoyancy force of water in fluorinated oil (the density difference is about 1.7). Additionally, pure oil is injected from the top of the reservoir which creates a stream of pure oil in the inverse direction of the creaming droplets. The outlet of the reservoir, necessary to avoid an over pressure, is also at the bottom. The principle of this device is to transfer the droplets to a surfactant free environment and to continuously wash them in this environment. The emulsion can be stored in this reservoir for long periods of time (longer than in on-chip delay lines) and be reinjected. The reinjection is achieved by inverting the flow directions: pure oil is pushed from both bottom inlets of the reservoir and the emulsion leaves the reservoir via the top tubing. Specifically as shown in FIG. 8 , Panel B, droplets are created at point A and leave the microfluidic channel through a hole to enter the reservoir at point B. The reservoir is filled with surfactant free, or surfactant reduced, oil and a constant flow of oil maintained during the droplet production from top to bottom by injection oil at point F through the tubing that connects points E and C. As shown in FIG. 8 , Panel C, droplets rise to the top of the reservoir and a pressure exit is maintained at point D. For reinjection of the droplets, all inlets in point A are blocked and pure oil, is injected at point D. The droplets are then injected into the tubing at point C and re-introduced to the microfluidic device at an opening at point E. Additional analysis of the droplets can occur at point F.

Claims (12)

What is claimed is:
1. A method comprising the steps of:
(a) providing within a carrier fluid a plurality of microdroplets comprising a first microdroplet comprising a first biological or chemical material and a second microdroplet comprising a second biological or chemical material, wherein the carrier fluid is immiscible with the first microdroplet and second microdroplet and comprises a first oil and a first surfactant at a first concentration within the first oil;
(b) changing the carrier fluid, in the presence of the plurality of microdroplets, by changing (i) some or all of the first oil for a second oil, (ii) some or all of the first surfactant for a second surfactant, (iii) the first concentration to a second concentration, or any combination of (i), (ii) and/or (iii).
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising the step (c) of providing a microfluidic device and wherein step (a) further comprises providing the plurality of microdroplets and the carrier fluid in the microfluidic device and/or step (b) further comprises changing the carrier fluid within the microfluidic device.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the first biological or chemical material and/or the second biological or chemical material comprises a tissue, cell, particle, protein, antibody, amino acid, nucleotide, small molecule, pharmaceutical, and/or label.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the first concentration is sufficient to stabilize the microdroplets against coalescing with each other in the first carrier fluid.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the first concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the microdroplets over a time frame determined by a reaction and/or detection of the one or more biological and/or chemical materials.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the second concentration is sufficient to reduce exchange of the first biological or chemical material from the first microdroplet to the second microdroplet, or of the second biological or chemical material from the second microdroplet to the first microdroplet.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the second concentration is determined, at least in part, based on stabilizing the microdroplets over a time frame determined by generation and/or use of the first microdroplet and the second microdroplet in one or more libraries.
8. The method of claim 6, wherein the changing of step (b) comprises changing the first concentration to the second concentration at least in part by providing the second oil substantially free of the first surfactant.
9. A method comprising the steps of:
(a) generating a plurality of aqueous microdroplets in a continuous phase in a microfluidic device, wherein the first continuous phase comprises a high concentration of a surfactant; and
(b) exchanging the first continuous phase containing the high concentration of surfactant for a second continuous phase containing no surfactant or a reduced concentration of surfactant.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein step (b) is accomplished in the microfluidic device.
11. The method of claim 9, wherein step (b) is accomplished, at least in part, by shifting the microdroplets from the first continuous phase into a stream of the second continuous phase.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein the shifting is accomplished by using obstacles, changing channel depth, by dielectrophoresis, or by buoyancy.
US17/956,416 2009-12-23 2022-09-29 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets Abandoned US20230026713A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/956,416 US20230026713A1 (en) 2009-12-23 2022-09-29 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US28965409P 2009-12-23 2009-12-23
PCT/US2010/061741 WO2011079176A2 (en) 2009-12-23 2010-12-22 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US201213518619A 2012-11-29 2012-11-29
US17/029,331 US20210088424A1 (en) 2009-12-23 2020-09-23 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US17/956,416 US20230026713A1 (en) 2009-12-23 2022-09-29 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/029,331 Continuation US20210088424A1 (en) 2009-12-23 2020-09-23 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20230026713A1 true US20230026713A1 (en) 2023-01-26

Family

ID=44196397

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/518,619 Active 2035-01-09 US10837883B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2010-12-22 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US17/029,331 Abandoned US20210088424A1 (en) 2009-12-23 2020-09-23 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US17/956,416 Abandoned US20230026713A1 (en) 2009-12-23 2022-09-29 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/518,619 Active 2035-01-09 US10837883B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2010-12-22 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US17/029,331 Abandoned US20210088424A1 (en) 2009-12-23 2020-09-23 Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (3) US10837883B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2517025B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2011079176A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (170)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060078893A1 (en) 2004-10-12 2006-04-13 Medical Research Council Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
GB0307403D0 (en) 2003-03-31 2003-05-07 Medical Res Council Selection by compartmentalised screening
GB0307428D0 (en) 2003-03-31 2003-05-07 Medical Res Council Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry
US20050221339A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-06 Medical Research Council Harvard University Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US7968287B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2011-06-28 Medical Research Council Harvard University In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
US8153435B1 (en) 2005-03-30 2012-04-10 Tracer Detection Technology Corp. Methods and articles for identifying objects using encapsulated perfluorocarbon tracers
JP2009536313A (en) 2006-01-11 2009-10-08 レインダンス テクノロジーズ, インコーポレイテッド Microfluidic devices and methods for use in nanoreactor formation and control
US20080014589A1 (en) 2006-05-11 2008-01-17 Link Darren R Microfluidic devices and methods of use thereof
US9562837B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2017-02-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Systems for handling microfludic droplets
US9012390B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2015-04-21 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants
US8772046B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2014-07-08 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US9029085B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-05-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US8592221B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2013-11-26 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US9797010B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-10-24 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
US12038438B2 (en) 2008-07-18 2024-07-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Enzyme quantification
WO2010009365A1 (en) 2008-07-18 2010-01-21 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Droplet libraries
WO2010033200A2 (en) 2008-09-19 2010-03-25 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Creation of libraries of droplets and related species
US9156010B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2015-10-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet-based assay system
US12090480B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2024-09-17 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Partition-based method of analysis
US8633015B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2014-01-21 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Flow-based thermocycling system with thermoelectric cooler
US9132394B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2015-09-15 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for detection of spaced droplets
US9417190B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2016-08-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Calibrations and controls for droplet-based assays
US9764322B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2017-09-19 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for generating droplets with pressure monitoring
US10512910B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2019-12-24 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet-based analysis method
US9492797B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2016-11-15 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for detection of spaced droplets
US8951939B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2015-02-10 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital assays with multiplexed detection of two or more targets in the same optical channel
US11130128B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2021-09-28 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Detection method for a target nucleic acid
US8709762B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2014-04-29 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for hot-start amplification via a multiple emulsion
EP3150724A1 (en) 2008-12-19 2017-04-05 President and Fellows of Harvard College Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing
JP5909095B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2016-04-26 プレジデント アンド フェローズ オブ ハーバード カレッジ Scale up microfluidic devices
KR20120089661A (en) 2009-09-02 2012-08-13 프레지던트 앤드 펠로우즈 오브 하바드 칼리지 Multiple emulsions created using jetting and other techniques
CA3021714C (en) 2009-09-02 2021-03-09 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for mixing fluids by coalescence of multiple emulsions
WO2011042564A1 (en) 2009-10-09 2011-04-14 Universite De Strasbourg Labelled silica-based nanomaterial with enhanced properties and uses thereof
CA2778816C (en) 2009-10-27 2018-07-31 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Droplet creation techniques
US10837883B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2020-11-17 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US9366632B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-06-14 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US10351905B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2019-07-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
WO2011100604A2 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9399797B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-07-26 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US8399198B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2013-03-19 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Assays with droplets transformed into capsules
CA2767113A1 (en) 2010-03-25 2011-09-29 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Detection system for droplet-based assays
JP2013524171A (en) 2010-03-25 2013-06-17 クァンタライフ・インコーポレーテッド Droplet generation for drop-based assays
CA2767114A1 (en) 2010-03-25 2011-09-29 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet transport system for detection
AU2011281183B2 (en) 2010-07-22 2015-05-14 Gencell Biosystems Limited Composite liquid cells
US9562897B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2017-02-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Sandwich assays in droplets
CA3215088A1 (en) 2010-11-01 2012-05-10 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for forming emulsions
US9364803B2 (en) 2011-02-11 2016-06-14 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Methods for forming mixed droplets
EP3736281A1 (en) 2011-02-18 2020-11-11 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Compositions and methods for molecular labeling
US12097495B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2024-09-24 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Methods and compositions for detecting genetic material
US10018627B2 (en) 2011-03-08 2018-07-10 Japan Science And Technology Agency Method for sealing substances, method for detecting target molecule, array, kit, and target molecule detection device
CA2829185C (en) 2011-03-08 2017-11-14 Japan Science And Technology Agency Bead sealing method, method for detecting target molecule, array, kit, and target molecule detection device
JP2014509865A (en) 2011-03-18 2014-04-24 バイオ−ラッド・ラボラトリーズ・インコーポレーテッド Multiplexed digital assay using a combination of signals
WO2012149042A2 (en) 2011-04-25 2012-11-01 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
EP2714254B1 (en) 2011-05-23 2017-09-06 President and Fellows of Harvard College Control of emulsions, including multiple emulsions
EP2714970B1 (en) 2011-06-02 2017-04-19 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Enzyme quantification
US8841071B2 (en) 2011-06-02 2014-09-23 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Sample multiplexing
US8658430B2 (en) 2011-07-20 2014-02-25 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulating droplet size
WO2013019751A1 (en) 2011-07-29 2013-02-07 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., Library characterization by digital assay
CA2861959A1 (en) 2012-01-25 2013-08-01 Gencell Biosystems Limited Biomolecule isolation
WO2013155531A2 (en) 2012-04-13 2013-10-17 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Sample holder with a well having a wicking promoter
CN113528634A (en) 2012-08-14 2021-10-22 10X基因组学有限公司 Microcapsule compositions and methods
US10400280B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10221442B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-03-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for sample processing
US9701998B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2017-07-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9951386B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-04-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10752949B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-08-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10323279B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-06-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11591637B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2023-02-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for sample processing
US10273541B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-04-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
EP2925449A2 (en) 2012-11-27 2015-10-07 Gencell Biosystems Limited Handling liquid samples
US10533221B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2020-01-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
EP3567116A1 (en) 2012-12-14 2019-11-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
KR20200140929A (en) 2013-02-08 2020-12-16 10엑스 제노믹스, 인크. Polynucleotide barcode generation
US10395758B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-08-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Sequencing methods
US11901041B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2024-02-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analysis of nucleic acid modification
WO2015069634A1 (en) 2013-11-08 2015-05-14 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Microparticles, methods for their preparation and use
WO2015077717A1 (en) 2013-11-25 2015-05-28 The Broad Institute Inc. Compositions and methods for diagnosing, evaluating and treating cancer by means of the dna methylation status
US10130950B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2018-11-20 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Microfluidic droplet packing
US11725237B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2023-08-15 The Broad Institute Inc. Polymorphic gene typing and somatic change detection using sequencing data
US9944977B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2018-04-17 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Distinguishing rare variations in a nucleic acid sequence from a sample
US9824068B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2017-11-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and apparatus for sorting data
EP3082853A2 (en) 2013-12-20 2016-10-26 The Broad Institute, Inc. Combination therapy with neoantigen vaccine
US11193176B2 (en) 2013-12-31 2021-12-07 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Method for detecting and quantifying latent retroviral RNA species
CN106029885A (en) 2014-02-10 2016-10-12 基因细胞生物系统有限公司 Composite liquid cell (clc) mediated nucleic acid library preparation device, and methods for using the same
AU2015243445B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2020-05-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same
CN113249435B (en) 2014-06-26 2024-09-03 10X基因组学有限公司 Method for analyzing nucleic acid from single cell or cell population
WO2015200891A1 (en) 2014-06-26 2015-12-30 10X Technologies, Inc. Processes and systems for nucleic acid sequence assembly
SG11201700133SA (en) * 2014-07-08 2017-03-30 Japan Science & Tech Agency Substance sealing method and target molecule detecting method
AU2015339148B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2022-03-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing
US9975122B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2018-05-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Instrument systems for integrated sample processing
DE102015106870B3 (en) * 2014-11-10 2016-02-25 Leibniz-Institut für Naturstoff-Forschung und Infektionsbiologie e. V. Hans-Knöll-Institut System for incubation of microfluidic drops and method for providing homogeneous incubation conditions in a drop incubation unit
CN107076978A (en) * 2014-11-11 2017-08-18 统雷有限公司 For the microscopical test slide equipped with water logging or physiology object lens
US10993997B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2021-05-04 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods for profiling the t cell repertoire
EP3234193B1 (en) 2014-12-19 2020-07-15 Massachusetts Institute of Technology Molecular biomarkers for cancer immunotherapy
WO2016114970A1 (en) 2015-01-12 2016-07-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Processes and systems for preparing nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same
CN107209814B (en) 2015-01-13 2021-10-15 10X基因组学有限公司 System and method for visualizing structural variation and phase information
AU2016219480B2 (en) 2015-02-09 2021-11-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for determining structural variation and phasing using variant call data
US10697000B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2020-06-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Partition processing methods and systems
WO2016138148A1 (en) 2015-02-24 2016-09-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage
CN105936930A (en) * 2015-03-04 2016-09-14 松下知识产权经营株式会社 DNA detection method and DNA detection device
CN105969655A (en) * 2015-03-10 2016-09-28 松下知识产权经营株式会社 Method for analyzing multiple nucleic acid targets
EP3297660A2 (en) 2015-05-20 2018-03-28 The Broad Institute Inc. Shared neoantigens
WO2016205728A1 (en) 2015-06-17 2016-12-22 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Crispr mediated recording of cellular events
US10647981B1 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-05-12 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Nucleic acid library generation methods and compositions
WO2017066231A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for making and using gel microspheres
GB201518389D0 (en) * 2015-10-16 2015-12-02 Isis Innovation Interactions between immiscible fluids
WO2017075294A1 (en) 2015-10-28 2017-05-04 The Board Institute Inc. Assays for massively combinatorial perturbation profiling and cellular circuit reconstruction
US11092607B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2021-08-17 The Board Institute, Inc. Multiplex analysis of single cell constituents
US11371094B2 (en) 2015-11-19 2022-06-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for nucleic acid processing using degenerate nucleotides
WO2017096158A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
EP3414341A4 (en) 2016-02-11 2019-10-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems, methods, and media for de novo assembly of whole genome sequence data
US12060412B2 (en) 2016-03-21 2024-08-13 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods for determining spatial and temporal gene expression dynamics in single cells
WO2017197338A1 (en) 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods of use
WO2017199123A1 (en) * 2016-05-17 2017-11-23 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Device and methods for shell phase removal of core-shell capsules
WO2017209906A1 (en) * 2016-05-28 2017-12-07 University Of Notre Dame Du Lac Ac electrosprayed droplets for digital and emulsion pcr
US10815525B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-10-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10011872B1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-07-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10550429B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-02-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
CN108273454A (en) * 2016-12-27 2018-07-13 中国科学院微生物研究所 A kind of method that nanoliter level microlayer model merges in small-sized reaction tube
US11549149B2 (en) 2017-01-24 2023-01-10 The Broad Institute, Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting a mutant variant of a polynucleotide
EP4310183A3 (en) 2017-01-30 2024-02-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding
EP3574047B1 (en) * 2017-01-30 2024-03-06 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Emulsion compositions and methods of their use
US10995333B2 (en) 2017-02-06 2021-05-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation
WO2018195019A1 (en) 2017-04-18 2018-10-25 The Broad Institute Inc. Compositions for detecting secretion and methods of use
US11072816B2 (en) 2017-05-03 2021-07-27 The Broad Institute, Inc. Single-cell proteomic assay using aptamers
US10544413B2 (en) 2017-05-18 2020-01-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for sorting droplets and beads
EP4435113A1 (en) 2017-05-18 2024-09-25 10x Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for sorting droplets and beads
EP3625715A4 (en) 2017-05-19 2021-03-17 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for analyzing datasets
CN109526228B (en) 2017-05-26 2022-11-25 10X基因组学有限公司 Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US20180340169A1 (en) 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
CN110799679A (en) * 2017-06-20 2020-02-14 10X基因组学有限公司 Method and system for improving droplet stabilization
EP3645167A4 (en) * 2017-06-28 2021-02-24 Bio-rad Laboratories, Inc. System and method for droplet detection
US10821442B2 (en) 2017-08-22 2020-11-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Devices, systems, and kits for forming droplets
US10837047B2 (en) 2017-10-04 2020-11-17 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions, methods, and systems for bead formation using improved polymers
WO2019084043A1 (en) 2017-10-26 2019-05-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for nuclecic acid preparation and chromatin analysis
WO2019083852A1 (en) 2017-10-26 2019-05-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Microfluidic channel networks for partitioning
CN111479631B (en) 2017-10-27 2022-02-22 10X基因组学有限公司 Methods and systems for sample preparation and analysis
WO2019089979A1 (en) 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Microfluidic system and method for arranging objects
CN111051523B (en) 2017-11-15 2024-03-19 10X基因组学有限公司 Functionalized gel beads
US10829815B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2020-11-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles
WO2019108851A1 (en) 2017-11-30 2019-06-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation and analysis
WO2019113506A1 (en) 2017-12-07 2019-06-13 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for multiplexing single cell and single nuclei sequencing
CN111712579B (en) 2017-12-22 2024-10-15 10X基因组学有限公司 Systems and methods for processing nucleic acid molecules from one or more cells
WO2019157529A1 (en) 2018-02-12 2019-08-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods characterizing multiple analytes from individual cells or cell populations
US11639928B2 (en) 2018-02-22 2023-05-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for characterizing analytes from individual cells or cell populations
WO2019169028A1 (en) 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Transcriptome sequencing through random ligation
EP3533519B1 (en) * 2018-02-28 2020-09-30 Paris Sciences et Lettres - Quartier Latin Biphasic plasma microreactor and method of using the same
US11841371B2 (en) 2018-03-13 2023-12-12 The Broad Institute, Inc. Proteomics and spatial patterning using antenna networks
WO2019195166A1 (en) 2018-04-06 2019-10-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for quality control in single cell processing
WO2019217758A1 (en) 2018-05-10 2019-11-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for molecular library generation
US11932899B2 (en) 2018-06-07 2024-03-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for characterizing nucleic acid molecules
US11703427B2 (en) 2018-06-25 2023-07-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for cell and bead processing
US20200032335A1 (en) 2018-07-27 2020-01-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for metabolome analysis
US12065688B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2024-08-20 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for cellular processing
US20220411783A1 (en) 2018-10-12 2022-12-29 The Broad Institute, Inc. Method for extracting nuclei or whole cells from formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissues
US11459607B1 (en) 2018-12-10 2022-10-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for processing-nucleic acid molecules from a single cell using sequential co-partitioning and composite barcodes
US11845983B1 (en) 2019-01-09 2023-12-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for multiplexing of droplet based assays
WO2020168013A1 (en) 2019-02-12 2020-08-20 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for processing nucleic acid molecules
US11851683B1 (en) 2019-02-12 2023-12-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for selective analysis of cellular samples
US11467153B2 (en) 2019-02-12 2022-10-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for processing nucleic acid molecules
US11655499B1 (en) 2019-02-25 2023-05-23 10X Genomics, Inc. Detection of sequence elements in nucleic acid molecules
EP3938537A1 (en) 2019-03-11 2022-01-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for processing optically tagged beads
US11253859B2 (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-02-22 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic dielectrophoretic droplet extraction
US11376597B2 (en) 2019-07-08 2022-07-05 Sharp Life Science (Eu) Limited Use of multiple filler fluids in an EWOD device via the use of an electrowetting gate
GB2604481A (en) 2019-10-10 2022-09-07 1859 Inc Methods and systems for microfluidic screening
US11851700B1 (en) 2020-05-13 2023-12-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, kits, and compositions for processing extracellular molecules
CN112295616B (en) * 2020-09-11 2022-03-18 东南大学 Micro-droplet mixing reinforced micro-fluidic device
US12084715B1 (en) 2020-11-05 2024-09-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for reducing artifactual antisense products
EP4298244A1 (en) 2021-02-23 2024-01-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Probe-based analysis of nucleic acids and proteins
EP4330421A1 (en) 2021-04-26 2024-03-06 The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. Compositions and methods for characterizing polynucleotide sequence alterations

Family Cites Families (656)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2097692A (en) 1936-03-23 1937-11-02 Bohn Aluminium & Brass Corp Method and machine for forming bearing shells
US2164172A (en) 1938-04-30 1939-06-27 Gen Electric Liquid-dispensing apparatus
US2656508A (en) 1949-08-27 1953-10-20 Wallace H Coulter Means for counting particles suspended in a fluid
US2692800A (en) 1951-10-08 1954-10-26 Gen Electric Nozzle flow control
US2797149A (en) 1953-01-08 1957-06-25 Technicon International Ltd Methods of and apparatus for analyzing liquids containing crystalloid and non-crystalloid constituents
US2879141A (en) 1955-11-16 1959-03-24 Technicon Instr Automatic analyzing apparatus
US2971700A (en) 1957-07-22 1961-02-14 Vilbiss Co Apparatus for coating articles with chemically reactive liquids
GB1143839A (en) 1965-10-15
CH455414A (en) 1966-01-10 1968-07-15 Bachofen Willy A Installation element for optical flow control on pipelines
US3479141A (en) 1967-05-17 1969-11-18 Technicon Corp Method and apparatus for analysis
US3980541A (en) 1967-06-05 1976-09-14 Aine Harry E Electrode structures for electric treatment of fluids and filters using same
US3698635A (en) 1971-02-22 1972-10-17 Ransburg Electro Coating Corp Spray charging device
US3816331A (en) 1972-07-05 1974-06-11 Ncr Continuous encapsulation and device therefor
CH563807A5 (en) 1973-02-14 1975-07-15 Battelle Memorial Institute Fine granules and microcapsules mfrd. from liquid droplets - partic. of high viscosity requiring forced sepn. of droplets
CH564966A5 (en) 1974-02-25 1975-08-15 Sauter Fr Ag Fabrik Elektrisch
US3930061A (en) 1974-04-08 1975-12-30 Ransburg Corp Electrostatic method for forming structures and articles
US4059552A (en) 1974-06-21 1977-11-22 The Dow Chemical Company Cross-linked water-swellable polymer particles
US3960187A (en) 1974-07-23 1976-06-01 Usm Corporation Method and device for metering and dispersing fluid materials
US3982541A (en) 1974-07-29 1976-09-28 Esperance Jr Francis A L Eye surgical instrument
DK150802C (en) 1974-09-16 1988-02-01 Bifok Ab METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS HIGH-SPEED ANALYSIS OF A LIQUID TEST IN A BEARING FLOW
US4098897A (en) 1975-04-14 1978-07-04 Beecham Group Limited Anti bacterial agents
US4034966A (en) 1975-11-05 1977-07-12 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for mixing particles
US4014469A (en) 1975-11-17 1977-03-29 Kozo Sato Nozzle of gas cutting torch
US4117550A (en) 1977-02-14 1978-09-26 Folland Enertec Ltd. Emulsifying system
US4091042A (en) 1977-08-19 1978-05-23 American Cyanamid Company Continuous adiabatic process for the mononitration of benzene
US4130394A (en) 1977-10-03 1978-12-19 Technicon Instruments Corporation Short sample detection
ZA791659B (en) 1978-04-17 1980-04-30 Ici Ltd Process and apparatus for spraying liquid
SU1226392A1 (en) 1978-08-11 1986-04-23 Научно-исследовательский институт часовой промышленности Reduction gear box for electronic-mechanical clock with step motor
US4210809A (en) 1979-03-16 1980-07-01 Technicon Instruments Corporation Method and apparatus for the non-invasive determination of the characteristics of a segmented fluid stream
US4279345A (en) 1979-08-03 1981-07-21 Allred John C High speed particle sorter using a field emission electrode
US4315754A (en) 1979-08-28 1982-02-16 Bifok Ab Flow injection analysis with intermittent flow
US4266721A (en) 1979-09-17 1981-05-12 Ppg Industries, Inc. Spray application of coating compositions utilizing induction and corona charging means
JPS5665627A (en) 1979-11-05 1981-06-03 Agency Of Ind Science & Technol Method of combining particles of liquid, etc.
US4253846A (en) 1979-11-21 1981-03-03 Technicon Instruments Corporation Method and apparatus for automated analysis of fluid samples
US4470905A (en) * 1980-06-02 1984-09-11 Pangburn Warren E Mechanism for extraction of immiscible, less dense material from a fluid
DE3168903D1 (en) 1980-08-28 1985-03-28 Du Pont Flow analysis
GB2097692B (en) 1981-01-10 1985-05-22 Shaw Stewart P D Combining chemical reagents
JPS6057907B2 (en) 1981-06-18 1985-12-17 工業技術院長 Liquid mixing and atomization method
US4439980A (en) 1981-11-16 1984-04-03 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Electrohydrodynamic (EHD) control of fuel injection in gas turbines
DE3230289A1 (en) 1982-08-14 1984-02-16 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen PRODUCTION OF PHARMACEUTICAL OR COSMETIC DISPERSIONS
ATE41610T1 (en) 1982-10-13 1989-04-15 Ici Plc ELECTROSTATIC SPRAY UNIT.
US4853336A (en) 1982-11-15 1989-08-01 Technicon Instruments Corporation Single channel continuous flow system
US4533634A (en) 1983-01-26 1985-08-06 Amf Inc. Tissue culture medium
US4585209A (en) 1983-10-27 1986-04-29 Harry E. Aine Miniature valve and method of making same
US4618476A (en) 1984-02-10 1986-10-21 Eastman Kodak Company Capillary transport device having speed and meniscus control means
US4865444A (en) 1984-04-05 1989-09-12 Mobil Oil Corporation Apparatus and method for determining luminosity of hydrocarbon fuels
US4675285A (en) 1984-09-19 1987-06-23 Genetics Institute, Inc. Method for identification and isolation of DNA encoding a desired protein
US4883750A (en) 1984-12-13 1989-11-28 Applied Biosystems, Inc. Detection of specific sequences in nucleic acids
GB8504254D0 (en) 1985-02-19 1985-03-20 Ici Plc Spraying apparatus
US4676274A (en) 1985-02-28 1987-06-30 Brown James F Capillary flow control
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4739044A (en) 1985-06-13 1988-04-19 Amgen Method for derivitization of polynucleotides
US4801529A (en) 1985-06-18 1989-01-31 Brandeis University Methods for isolating mutant microoganisms using microcapsules coated with indicator material
US4963498A (en) 1985-08-05 1990-10-16 Biotrack Capillary flow device
US4757141A (en) 1985-08-26 1988-07-12 Applied Biosystems, Incorporated Amino-derivatized phosphite and phosphate linking agents, phosphoramidite precursors, and useful conjugates thereof
GB8604328D0 (en) 1986-02-21 1986-03-26 Ici Plc Producing spray of droplets of liquid
US4916070A (en) 1986-04-14 1990-04-10 The General Hospital Corporation Fibrin-specific antibodies and method of screening for the antibodies
US5204112A (en) 1986-06-16 1993-04-20 The Liposome Company, Inc. Induction of asymmetry in vesicles
US4767929A (en) 1986-10-06 1988-08-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The United State Department Of Energy Extended range radiation dose-rate monitor
US4767515A (en) 1987-07-30 1988-08-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Surface area generation and droplet size control in solvent extraction systems utilizing high intensity electric fields
EP0304312B1 (en) 1987-08-21 1992-10-21 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha An optical disk for use in optical memory devices
JPS6489884A (en) 1987-09-30 1989-04-05 Sony Corp White balance correction circuit
US4931225A (en) 1987-12-30 1990-06-05 Union Carbide Industrial Gases Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for dispersing a gas into a liquid
US5180662A (en) 1988-01-05 1993-01-19 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Cytotoxic T lymphocyte activation assay
US5185099A (en) 1988-04-20 1993-02-09 Institut National De Recherche Chimique Appliquee Visco-elastic, isotropic materials based on water, fluorinate sufactants and fluorinated oils, process for their preparation, and their use in various fields, such as optics, pharmacology and electrodynamics
US4908112A (en) 1988-06-16 1990-03-13 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co. Silicon semiconductor wafer for analyzing micronic biological samples
US5096615A (en) 1988-07-19 1992-03-17 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Solid aerosol generator
US4981580A (en) 1989-05-01 1991-01-01 Coulter Corporation Coincidence arbitration in a flow cytomery sorting system
NZ229355A (en) 1989-05-31 1991-12-23 Nz Ministry Forestry Spray nozzle assembly; flexible fluid outlet within nozzle to atomise fluid
US5143854A (en) 1989-06-07 1992-09-01 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof
CA2020958C (en) 1989-07-11 2005-01-11 Daniel L. Kacian Nucleic acid sequence amplification methods
ES2118066T3 (en) 1989-10-05 1998-09-16 Optein Inc SYNTHESIS AND ISOLATION, EXEMPTED FROM CELLS, FROM NEW GENES AND POLYPEPTIDES.
US5310653A (en) 1989-10-24 1994-05-10 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Tumor marker protein and antibodies thereto for cancer risk assessment or diagnosis
US5093602A (en) 1989-11-17 1992-03-03 Charged Injection Corporation Methods and apparatus for dispersing a fluent material utilizing an electron beam
US5122360A (en) 1989-11-27 1992-06-16 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for the production of metal oxide powder
US4941959A (en) 1989-11-27 1990-07-17 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Electric field-driven, magnetically-stabilized ferro-emulsion phase contactor
US5207973A (en) 1989-11-27 1993-05-04 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for the production of metal oxide powder
US5313009A (en) 1990-01-04 1994-05-17 Nrm International Technologies C.V. Nitration process
US5091652A (en) 1990-01-12 1992-02-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Laser excited confocal microscope fluorescence scanner and method
JP3176607B2 (en) 1990-02-07 2001-06-18 群馬大学長 Method for forming uniform droplets
DE59004556D1 (en) 1990-02-16 1994-03-24 Wagner Gmbh J Method of operating an electrostatic compressed air paint spray gun.
US5523162A (en) 1990-04-03 1996-06-04 Ppg Industries, Inc. Water repellent surface treatment for plastic and coated plastic substrates
US5270163A (en) 1990-06-11 1993-12-14 University Research Corporation Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
ATE318832T1 (en) 1990-06-11 2006-03-15 Gilead Sciences Inc METHOD FOR USING NUCLEIC ACID LIGANDS
US5650489A (en) 1990-07-02 1997-07-22 The Arizona Board Of Regents Random bio-oligomer library, a method of synthesis thereof, and a method of use thereof
WO1992003734A1 (en) 1990-08-20 1992-03-05 Alain De Weck A method for measuring t-lymphocyte responses by chemiluminescent assays
DE476178T1 (en) 1990-09-21 1992-07-23 Bioplex Medical B.V., Vaals DEVICE FOR THE APPLICATION OF ANTI-BLOODING FABRIC ON PERFORATED BLOOD VESSELS.
US6149789A (en) 1990-10-31 2000-11-21 Fraunhofer Gesellschaft Zur Forderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. Process for manipulating microscopic, dielectric particles and a device therefor
FR2669028B1 (en) 1990-11-13 1992-12-31 Rhone Poulenc Chimie PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF DOUBLE RARE EARTH AND AMMONIUM OXALATES AND THEIR USES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF RARE EARTH OXIDES.
US5490505A (en) 1991-03-07 1996-02-13 Masimo Corporation Signal processing apparatus
US6110700A (en) 1991-03-11 2000-08-29 The General Hospital Corporation PRAD1 cyclin and its cDNA
US5262027A (en) 1991-03-22 1993-11-16 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Method of using an electric field controlled emulsion phase contactor
GB9107628D0 (en) 1991-04-10 1991-05-29 Moonbrook Limited Preparation of diagnostic agents
NZ242896A (en) 1991-05-30 1996-05-28 Blood Res Center Apparatus and methods for analysing blood components especially leukocyte content
US5460945A (en) 1991-05-30 1995-10-24 Center For Blood Research, Inc. Device and method for analysis of blood components and identifying inhibitors and promoters of the inflammatory response
DE4119955C2 (en) 1991-06-18 2000-05-31 Danfoss As Miniature actuator
GB9117191D0 (en) 1991-08-08 1991-09-25 Tioxide Chemicals Limited Preparation of titanium derivatives
DK0597960T3 (en) 1991-08-10 1999-09-13 Medical Res Council Treatment of cell populations
DE4127405C2 (en) 1991-08-19 1996-02-29 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung Process for the separation of mixtures of microscopic dielectric particles suspended in a liquid or a gel and device for carrying out the process
US5516635A (en) 1991-10-15 1996-05-14 Ekins; Roger P. Binding assay employing labelled reagent
US5270170A (en) 1991-10-16 1993-12-14 Affymax Technologies N.V. Peptide library and screening method
JP3164919B2 (en) 1991-10-29 2001-05-14 ゼロックス コーポレーション Method of forming dichroic balls
US5612188A (en) 1991-11-25 1997-03-18 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Automated, multicompartmental cell culture system
US5413924A (en) 1992-02-13 1995-05-09 Kosak; Kenneth M. Preparation of wax beads containing a reagent for release by heating
US5241159A (en) 1992-03-11 1993-08-31 Eastman Kodak Company Multi-zone heating for a fuser roller
US5587128A (en) 1992-05-01 1996-12-24 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices
US5486335A (en) 1992-05-01 1996-01-23 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Analysis based on flow restriction
US5744366A (en) 1992-05-01 1998-04-28 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale devices and methods for analysis of motile cells
US5296375A (en) 1992-05-01 1994-03-22 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale sperm handling devices
US5304487A (en) 1992-05-01 1994-04-19 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices
AU677781B2 (en) 1992-05-01 1997-05-08 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania, The Microfabricated sperm handling devices
US5726026A (en) 1992-05-01 1998-03-10 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale sample preparation device and systems for determination and processing of analytes
US5498392A (en) 1992-05-01 1996-03-12 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method
US5397605A (en) 1992-05-29 1995-03-14 Barbieri; Girolamo Method and apparatus for electrostatically coating a workpiece with paint
SE500071C2 (en) 1992-06-25 1994-04-11 Vattenfall Utveckling Ab Device for mixing two fluids, in particular liquids of different temperature
DE4223169C1 (en) 1992-07-10 1993-11-25 Ferring Arzneimittel Gmbh Process for the microencapsulation of water-soluble active substances
RU2048522C1 (en) 1992-10-14 1995-11-20 Институт белка РАН Method of nucleic acid copying, method of their expression and a medium for their realization
GB9225098D0 (en) 1992-12-01 1993-01-20 Coffee Ronald A Charged droplet spray mixer
US6105571A (en) 1992-12-22 2000-08-22 Electrosols, Ltd. Dispensing device
IL104384A (en) 1993-01-13 1996-11-14 Yeda Res & Dev Method for screening catalytic non-enzyme polypeptides and proteins
US5436149A (en) 1993-02-19 1995-07-25 Barnes; Wayne M. Thermostable DNA polymerase with enhanced thermostability and enhanced length and efficiency of primer extension
JPH06265447A (en) 1993-03-16 1994-09-22 Hitachi Ltd Trace quantity reactor and trace element measuring instrument therewith
DE4308839C2 (en) 1993-03-19 1997-04-30 Jordanow & Co Gmbh Device for mixing flow media
FR2703263B1 (en) 1993-03-31 1995-05-19 Rhone Poulenc Nutrition Animal Process for the preparation of spherules of active principles.
AU6815894A (en) 1993-04-19 1994-11-08 Stuart A. Kauffman Random chemistry for the generation of new compounds
NZ265818A (en) 1993-04-19 1997-09-22 Medisorb Technologies Internat Compositions of nucleic acids encapsulated with molecules that facilitate uptake and integration into living cells
ATE178362T1 (en) 1993-04-22 1999-04-15 Federalloy Inc SANITARY FACILITIES
US7229770B1 (en) 1998-10-01 2007-06-12 The Regents Of The University Of California YKL-40 as a marker and prognostic indicator for cancers
US5417235A (en) 1993-07-28 1995-05-23 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Integrated microvalve structures with monolithic microflow controller
US5403617A (en) 1993-09-15 1995-04-04 Mobium Enterprises Corporation Hybrid pulsed valve for thin film coating and method
US6776094B1 (en) 1993-10-04 2004-08-17 President & Fellows Of Harvard College Kit For Microcontact Printing
US5512131A (en) 1993-10-04 1996-04-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Formation of microstamped patterns on surfaces and derivative articles
AU8124694A (en) 1993-10-29 1995-05-22 Affymax Technologies N.V. In vitro peptide and antibody display libraries
US6165778A (en) 1993-11-02 2000-12-26 Affymax Technologies N.V. Reaction vessel agitation apparatus
US6316208B1 (en) 1994-01-07 2001-11-13 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Methods for determining isolated p27 protein levels and uses thereof
DE4402038A1 (en) 1994-01-25 1995-07-27 Borries Horst Von Blister pack
PH31414A (en) 1994-02-24 1998-10-29 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Method of diagnosing cancer precancerous state, orsusceptibility to other forms of diseases by anal ysis of irf-1 specific rna in biopsy samples.
EP0804249A2 (en) 1994-03-15 1997-11-05 Brown University Research Foundation Polymeric gene delivery system
US5989815A (en) 1994-03-18 1999-11-23 University Of Utah Research Foundation Methods for detecting predisposition to cancer at the MTS gene
GB9406171D0 (en) 1994-03-29 1994-05-18 Electrosols Ltd Dispensing device
US5587081A (en) 1994-04-26 1996-12-24 Jet-Tech, Inc. Thermophilic aerobic waste treatment process
FR2720943B1 (en) 1994-06-09 1996-08-23 Applic Transferts Technolo Stable inverse emulsions with a high concentration of fluorinated compound (s) and their use for the pulmonary administration of medicaments and for the manufacture of multiple emulsions.
GB9411671D0 (en) 1994-06-10 1994-08-03 Univ Singapore Tumor diagnosis and prognosis
BR9502777A (en) 1994-06-13 1996-04-23 Praxair Technology Inc Liquid fuel atomization equipment and process
US6653626B2 (en) 1994-07-11 2003-11-25 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Ion sampling for APPI mass spectrometry
US5750988A (en) 1994-07-11 1998-05-12 Hewlett-Packard Company Orthogonal ion sampling for APCI mass spectrometry
US5641658A (en) 1994-08-03 1997-06-24 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Method for performing amplification of nucleic acid with two primers bound to a single solid support
US6124439A (en) 1994-08-17 2000-09-26 The Rockefeller University OB polypeptide antibodies and method of making
US5935331A (en) 1994-09-09 1999-08-10 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for forming films
US5762775A (en) 1994-09-21 1998-06-09 Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Method for electrically producing dispersions of a nonconductive fluid in a conductive medium
US5680283A (en) 1994-09-30 1997-10-21 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Magnetic head and magnetic disk drive
US5604097A (en) 1994-10-13 1997-02-18 Spectragen, Inc. Methods for sorting polynucleotides using oligonucleotide tags
US5695934A (en) 1994-10-13 1997-12-09 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Massively parallel sequencing of sorted polynucleotides
US5846719A (en) 1994-10-13 1998-12-08 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification
US5661222A (en) 1995-04-13 1997-08-26 Dentsply Research & Development Corp. Polyvinylsiloxane impression material
KR19990008000A (en) 1995-04-24 1999-01-25 로버트 에스. 화이트 헤드 How to create a new metabolic pathway and screen it
US5840254A (en) 1995-06-02 1998-11-24 Cdc Technologies, Inc. Apparatus for mixing fluids for analysis
CA2222426A1 (en) 1995-06-06 1996-12-12 Andrew G. Hood, Iii Wound sealant preparation and application device and method
US5756122A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-05-26 Georgetown University Liposomally encapsulated nucleic acids having high entrapment efficiencies, method of manufacturer and use thereof for transfection of targeted cells
US5910408A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-06-08 The General Hospital Corporation Catalytic DNA having ligase activity
DE69614768T2 (en) 1995-06-14 2002-06-20 Tonen Corp., Tokio/Tokyo Emulsion splitting by microorganisms
CA2222126A1 (en) 1995-06-16 1997-01-03 Fred K. Forster Microfabricated differential extraction device and method
TW293783B (en) 1995-06-16 1996-12-21 Ciba Geigy Ag
US20020022261A1 (en) 1995-06-29 2002-02-21 Anderson Rolfe C. Miniaturized genetic analysis systems and methods
DE69626579T2 (en) 1995-07-19 2003-11-20 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corp., Tokio/Tokyo Water repellent composition, fluorocarbon polymer coating composition and coating film
US5872010A (en) 1995-07-21 1999-02-16 Northeastern University Microscale fluid handling system
AU6691496A (en) 1995-08-01 1997-02-26 Advanced Therapies, Inc. Enhanced artificial viral envelopes for cellular delivery of therapeutic substances
US5636400A (en) 1995-08-07 1997-06-10 Young; Keenan L. Automatic infant bottle cleaner
US6130098A (en) 1995-09-15 2000-10-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Moving microdroplets
AU725144B2 (en) 1995-09-22 2000-10-05 Terragen Diversity Inc. Method for isolating xylanase gene sequences from soil DNA, compositions useful in such method and compositions obtained thereby
US6243373B1 (en) 1995-11-01 2001-06-05 Telecom Internet Ltd. Method and apparatus for implementing a computer network/internet telephone system
US6562605B1 (en) 1995-11-13 2003-05-13 Genencor International, Inc. Extraction of water soluble biomaterials from fluids using a carbon dioxide/surfactant mixture
US20030215798A1 (en) 1997-06-16 2003-11-20 Diversa Corporation High throughput fluorescence-based screening for novel enzymes
JP3759986B2 (en) 1995-12-07 2006-03-29 フロイント産業株式会社 Seamless capsule and manufacturing method thereof
US5808691A (en) 1995-12-12 1998-09-15 Cirrus Logic, Inc. Digital carrier synthesis synchronized to a reference signal that is asynchronous with respect to a digital sampling clock
US5733526A (en) 1995-12-14 1998-03-31 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Hydrocarbon oil/fluorochemical preparations and methods of use
US5681600A (en) 1995-12-18 1997-10-28 Abbott Laboratories Stabilization of liquid nutritional products and method of making
US5670325A (en) 1996-08-14 1997-09-23 Exact Laboratories, Inc. Method for the detection of clonal populations of transformed cells in a genomically heterogeneous cellular sample
US5868322A (en) 1996-01-31 1999-02-09 Hewlett-Packard Company Apparatus for forming liquid droplets having a mechanically fixed inner microtube
US6355198B1 (en) 1996-03-15 2002-03-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method of forming articles including waveguides via capillary micromolding and microtransfer molding
WO1997039359A1 (en) 1996-04-15 1997-10-23 Dade International Inc. Apparatus and method for analysis
US5942443A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-08-24 Caliper Technologies Corporation High throughput screening assay systems in microscale fluidic devices
GB9608129D0 (en) 1996-04-19 1996-06-26 Central Research Lab Ltd Method and apparatus for diffusive transfer between immiscible fluids
US5783431A (en) 1996-04-24 1998-07-21 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
GB9608540D0 (en) 1996-04-25 1996-07-03 Medical Res Council Isolation of enzymes
ES2140998B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2000-10-16 Univ Sevilla LIQUID ATOMIZATION PROCEDURE.
US6116516A (en) 1996-05-13 2000-09-12 Universidad De Sevilla Stabilized capillary microjet and devices and methods for producing same
US6189803B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2001-02-20 University Of Seville Fuel injection nozzle and method of use
US6248378B1 (en) 1998-12-16 2001-06-19 Universidad De Sevilla Enhanced food products
US6386463B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2002-05-14 Universidad De Sevilla Fuel injection nozzle and method of use
US6299145B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2001-10-09 Universidad De Sevilla Device and method for fluid aeration via gas forced through a liquid within an orifice of a pressure chamber
US6187214B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2001-02-13 Universidad De Seville Method and device for production of components for microfabrication
US6196525B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2001-03-06 Universidad De Sevilla Device and method for fluid aeration via gas forced through a liquid within an orifice of a pressure chamber
US6405936B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2002-06-18 Universidad De Sevilla Stabilized capillary microjet and devices and methods for producing same
US5726404A (en) 1996-05-31 1998-03-10 University Of Washington Valveless liquid microswitch
US5840506A (en) 1996-06-05 1998-11-24 Thomas Jefferson University Methods for the diagnosis and prognosis of cancer
US6083693A (en) 1996-06-14 2000-07-04 Curagen Corporation Identification and comparison of protein-protein interactions that occur in populations
US5876771A (en) 1996-06-20 1999-03-02 Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance, Sa Process and article for determining the residence time of a food particle
EP0907412B1 (en) 1996-06-28 2008-08-27 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. High-throughput screening assay systems in microscale fluidic devices
US5779868A (en) 1996-06-28 1998-07-14 Caliper Technologies Corporation Electropipettor and compensation means for electrophoretic bias
CN1329729C (en) 1996-06-28 2007-08-01 卡钳生命科学股份有限公司 Electropipettor and compensation means for electrophoretic bias
EP0912238B1 (en) 1996-07-15 2001-10-10 CalCiTech Ltd. Production of powders
US6252129B1 (en) 1996-07-23 2001-06-26 Electrosols, Ltd. Dispensing device and method for forming material
US5928870A (en) 1997-06-16 1999-07-27 Exact Laboratories, Inc. Methods for the detection of loss of heterozygosity
US6100029A (en) 1996-08-14 2000-08-08 Exact Laboratories, Inc. Methods for the detection of chromosomal aberrations
US6203993B1 (en) 1996-08-14 2001-03-20 Exact Science Corp. Methods for the detection of nucleic acids
DK0925494T3 (en) 1996-09-04 2002-07-01 Scandinavian Micro Biodevices Microfluidic system for particle separation and analysis
US5884846A (en) 1996-09-19 1999-03-23 Tan; Hsiaoming Sherman Pneumatic concentric nebulizer with adjustable and capillaries
US6221654B1 (en) 1996-09-25 2001-04-24 California Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides based on size
US6120666A (en) 1996-09-26 2000-09-19 Ut-Battelle, Llc Microfabricated device and method for multiplexed electrokinetic focusing of fluid streams and a transport cytometry method using same
US5858187A (en) 1996-09-26 1999-01-12 Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for performing electrodynamic focusing on a microchip
EP0915976A2 (en) 1996-09-27 1999-05-19 Icos Corporation Method to identify compounds for disrupting protein/protein interactions
GB9620209D0 (en) 1996-09-27 1996-11-13 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
US6140053A (en) 1996-11-06 2000-10-31 Sequenom, Inc. DNA sequencing by mass spectrometry via exonuclease degradation
WO1998023733A2 (en) 1996-11-27 1998-06-04 University Of Washington Thermostable polymerases having altered fidelity
US6310354B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-10-30 Erkki Soini Method and a device for monitoring nucleic acid amplification reactions
GB9626815D0 (en) 1996-12-23 1997-02-12 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
WO1998031700A1 (en) 1997-01-21 1998-07-23 The General Hospital Corporation Selection of proteins using rna-protein fusions
JPH10259038A (en) 1997-01-24 1998-09-29 Samsung Corning Co Ltd Durable water-repelling glass and its production
US5890745A (en) 1997-01-29 1999-04-06 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Micromachined fluidic coupler
CA2196496A1 (en) 1997-01-31 1998-07-31 Stephen William Watson Michnick Protein fragment complementation assay for the detection of protein-protein interactions
WO1998033585A1 (en) 1997-02-05 1998-08-06 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic sub-millisecond mixers
GB9703369D0 (en) 1997-02-18 1997-04-09 Lindqvist Bjorn H Process
US6045755A (en) 1997-03-10 2000-04-04 Trega Biosciences,, Inc. Apparatus and method for combinatorial chemistry synthesis
US6023540A (en) 1997-03-14 2000-02-08 Trustees Of Tufts College Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres
WO1998041869A1 (en) 1997-03-18 1998-09-24 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for screening compounds using encapsulated cells
US6268165B1 (en) 1997-03-19 2001-07-31 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Methods for the early diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US6294344B1 (en) 1997-03-19 2001-09-25 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Methods for the early diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US6316213B1 (en) 1997-03-19 2001-11-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Methods for the early diagnosis of ovarian, breast and lung cancer
US6090800A (en) 1997-05-06 2000-07-18 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Lipid soluble steroid prodrugs
US6048551A (en) 1997-03-27 2000-04-11 Hilfinger; John M. Microsphere encapsulation of gene transfer vectors
JPH10288131A (en) 1997-04-11 1998-10-27 Yanmar Diesel Engine Co Ltd Injection nozzle of diesel engine
US6143496A (en) 1997-04-17 2000-11-07 Cytonix Corporation Method of sampling, amplifying and quantifying segment of nucleic acid, polymerase chain reaction assembly having nanoliter-sized sample chambers, and method of filling assembly
DE19717085C2 (en) 1997-04-23 1999-06-17 Bruker Daltonik Gmbh Processes and devices for extremely fast DNA multiplication using polymerase chain reactions (PCR)
US5879892A (en) 1997-04-25 1999-03-09 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Leukemia associated genes
JP4102459B2 (en) 1997-05-14 2008-06-18 森下仁丹株式会社 Seamless capsule for synthesizing biopolymer and method for producing the same
US6004025A (en) 1997-05-16 1999-12-21 Life Technologies, Inc. Automated liquid manufacturing system
US6632619B1 (en) 1997-05-16 2003-10-14 The Governors Of The University Of Alberta Microfluidic system and methods of use
AU734957B2 (en) 1997-05-16 2001-06-28 Alberta Research Council Inc. Microfluidic system and methods of use
US5869004A (en) 1997-06-09 1999-02-09 Caliper Technologies Corp. Methods and apparatus for in situ concentration and/or dilution of materials in microfluidic systems
US5888778A (en) 1997-06-16 1999-03-30 Exact Laboratories, Inc. High-throughput screening method for identification of genetic mutations or disease-causing microorganisms using segmented primers
JP2843319B1 (en) 1997-06-27 1999-01-06 科学技術振興事業団 Microstrip gas chamber high-speed data acquisition system and sample measurement method using the same
DE69838521T2 (en) 1997-07-07 2008-05-21 Medical Research Council Method for increasing the concentration of nucleic acid molecules
JP3557859B2 (en) 1997-07-15 2004-08-25 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Silver halide photographic emulsion, production method thereof and silver halide photographic light-sensitive material
US6403373B1 (en) 1997-10-10 2002-06-11 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Isolated nucleic acid molecules associated with colon, renal, and stomach cancer and methods of using these
FR2767064B1 (en) 1997-08-07 1999-11-12 Centre Nat Rech Scient METHOD FOR RELEASING AN ACTIVE INGREDIENT CONTAINED IN A MULTIPLE EMULSION
US5980936A (en) 1997-08-07 1999-11-09 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Multiple emulsions comprising a hydrophobic continuous phase
NZ328751A (en) 1997-09-16 1999-01-28 Bernard Charles Sherman Solid medicament containing an anionic surfactant and cyclosporin
US7214298B2 (en) 1997-09-23 2007-05-08 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated cell sorter
US6833242B2 (en) 1997-09-23 2004-12-21 California Institute Of Technology Methods for detecting and sorting polynucleotides based on size
US6540895B1 (en) 1997-09-23 2003-04-01 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated cell sorter for chemical and biological materials
EP1029244A4 (en) 1997-10-02 2003-07-23 Aclara Biosciences Inc Capillary assays involving separation of free and bound species
US6008003A (en) 1997-10-28 1999-12-28 Promega Corporation Non-invasive diagnostic method for interstitial cystitis and bladder cancer
GB9723262D0 (en) 1997-11-05 1998-01-07 British Nuclear Fuels Plc Reactions of aromatic compounds
US6972170B1 (en) 1997-12-01 2005-12-06 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Markers for prostate cancer
US5927852A (en) 1997-12-01 1999-07-27 Minnesota Mining And Manfacturing Company Process for production of heat sensitive dispersions or emulsions
JP2002508250A (en) 1997-12-17 2002-03-19 ユニバーシィダッド デ セビリヤ Device and method for producing spherical particles of uniform size
US5972615A (en) 1998-01-21 1999-10-26 Urocor, Inc. Biomarkers and targets for diagnosis, prognosis and management of prostate disease
WO1999037814A1 (en) 1998-01-22 1999-07-29 Luminex Corporation Microparticles with multiple fluorescent signals
TW575562B (en) 1998-02-19 2004-02-11 Agrevo Uk Ltd Fungicides
US7022821B1 (en) 1998-02-20 2006-04-04 O'brien Timothy J Antibody kit for the detection of TADG-15 protein
US6064149A (en) 1998-02-23 2000-05-16 Micron Technology Inc. Field emission device with silicon-containing adhesion layer
US6897018B1 (en) 1998-02-25 2005-05-24 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services DLC-1 gene deleted in cancers
FR2776538B1 (en) 1998-03-27 2000-07-21 Centre Nat Rech Scient ELECTROHYDRODYNAMIC SPRAYING MEANS
JP3109471B2 (en) 1998-03-31 2000-11-13 日本電気株式会社 Cleaning / drying equipment and semiconductor device manufacturing line
FI980874A (en) 1998-04-20 1999-10-21 Wallac Oy Method and apparatus for conducting chemical analysis on small amounts of liquid
US6395253B2 (en) 1998-04-23 2002-05-28 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Microspheres containing condensed polyanionic bioactive agents and methods for their production
US20060269558A1 (en) 1998-04-27 2006-11-30 Murphy Gerald P Nr-CAM gene, nucleic acids and nucleic acid products for therapeutic and diagnostic uses for tumors
US5997636A (en) 1998-05-01 1999-12-07 Instrumentation Technology Associates, Inc. Method and apparatus for growing crystals
DE19822674A1 (en) 1998-05-20 1999-12-09 Gsf Forschungszentrum Umwelt Gas inlet for an ion source
JP2002528699A (en) 1998-05-22 2002-09-03 カリフォルニア インスティチュート オブ テクノロジー Microfabricated cell sorter
EP1090690B1 (en) 1998-05-25 2007-01-24 Fuji BC Engineering Co., Ltd. Liquid spray device and cutting method
CA2332919A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-12-16 Caliper Technologies Corporation Microfluidic devices, systems and methods for performing integrated reactions and separations
US6576420B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2003-06-10 Regents Of The University Of California Method for early diagnosis of, and determination of prognosis in, cancer
JP2981547B1 (en) 1998-07-02 1999-11-22 農林水産省食品総合研究所長 Cross-flow type microchannel device and method for producing or separating emulsion using the device
WO2000004139A1 (en) 1998-07-17 2000-01-27 Mirus Corporation Micellar systems
US6003794A (en) 1998-08-04 1999-12-21 Progressive Grower Technologies, Inc. Electrostatic spray module
US6210896B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2001-04-03 Us Genomics Molecular motors
JP4274399B2 (en) 1998-09-17 2009-06-03 アドヴィオン バイオシステムズ インコーポレイテッド Integrated monolithic microfabricated electrospray and liquid chromatography systems and methods
EP2306195A3 (en) 1998-09-18 2012-04-25 Massachusetts Institute of Technology Biological applications of semiconductor nanocrystals
US6591852B1 (en) 1998-10-13 2003-07-15 Biomicro Systems, Inc. Fluid circuit components based upon passive fluid dynamics
US6902892B1 (en) 1998-10-19 2005-06-07 Diadexus, Inc. Method of diagnosing, monitoring, staging, imaging and treating prostate cancer
US6960433B1 (en) 1998-10-19 2005-11-01 Diadexus, Inc. Method of diagnosing, monitoring, staging, imaging and treating prostate cancer
US7022472B2 (en) 1998-10-22 2006-04-04 Diadexus, Inc. Mutations in human MLH1 and human MSH2 genes useful in diagnosing colorectal cancer
US6086740A (en) 1998-10-29 2000-07-11 Caliper Technologies Corp. Multiplexed microfluidic devices and systems
US20030045491A1 (en) 2001-02-23 2003-03-06 Christoph Reinhard TTK in diagnosis and as a therapeutic target in cancer
US6614598B1 (en) 1998-11-12 2003-09-02 Institute Of Technology, California Microlensing particles and applications
US6569631B1 (en) 1998-11-12 2003-05-27 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5-(4″dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes
US6450189B1 (en) 1998-11-13 2002-09-17 Universidad De Sevilla Method and device for production of components for microfabrication
US6139303A (en) 1998-11-20 2000-10-31 United Technologies Corporation Fixture for disposing a laser blocking material in an airfoil
DE19857302C2 (en) 1998-12-14 2000-10-26 Forschungszentrum Juelich Gmbh Process for the enantioselective reduction of 3,5-dioxocarboxylic acids, their salts and esters
US20030069601A1 (en) 1998-12-15 2003-04-10 Closys Corporation Clotting cascade initiating apparatus and methods of use
GB9900298D0 (en) 1999-01-07 1999-02-24 Medical Res Council Optical sorting method
US6600077B1 (en) 1999-01-29 2003-07-29 Board Of Trustees Operating Michigan State University Biocatalytic synthesis of quinic acid and conversion to hydroquinone
US6294063B1 (en) 1999-02-12 2001-09-25 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Method and apparatus for programmable fluidic processing
GB9903841D0 (en) 1999-02-20 1999-04-14 Imp College Innovations Ltd Diagnosis and treatment of cancer
AU3316600A (en) 1999-02-22 2000-09-21 Torben F. Orntoft Gene expression in bladder tumors
US7615373B2 (en) 1999-02-25 2009-11-10 Virginia Commonwealth University Intellectual Property Foundation Electroprocessed collagen and tissue engineering
US6633031B1 (en) 1999-03-02 2003-10-14 Advion Biosciences, Inc. Integrated monolithic microfabricated dispensing nozzle and liquid chromatography-electrospray system and method
US6942978B1 (en) 1999-03-03 2005-09-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Transmembrane serine protease overexpressed in ovarian carcinoma and uses thereof
US6171850B1 (en) 1999-03-08 2001-01-09 Caliper Technologies Corp. Integrated devices and systems for performing temperature controlled reactions and analyses
CN1181337C (en) 2000-08-08 2004-12-22 清华大学 Solid molecule operating method in microfluid system
JP2000271475A (en) 1999-03-23 2000-10-03 Shinji Katsura Finely controlling method of chemical reaction by fine operation of water-in-oil emulsion
US6174160B1 (en) 1999-03-25 2001-01-16 University Of Washington Staged prevaporizer-premixer
US7153700B1 (en) 1999-03-26 2006-12-26 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for diagnosing and predicting the behavior of cancer
WO2000061275A2 (en) 1999-04-08 2000-10-19 Bernd Penth Method and device for carrying out chemical and physical processes
US6267353B1 (en) 1999-04-19 2001-07-31 Pbm, Inc. Self draining valve
BR0009992A (en) 1999-04-23 2002-01-08 Battelle Memorial Institute Electrohydrodynamic aerosol spray, apparatus and process for administering an aerosol and process for producing and administering an aerosol
US6682940B2 (en) 1999-05-04 2004-01-27 Dan A. Pankowsky Products and methods for single parameter and multiparameter phenotyping of cells
EP1179087B1 (en) 1999-05-17 2019-03-27 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Focusing of microparticles in microfluidic systems
US6592821B1 (en) 1999-05-17 2003-07-15 Caliper Technologies Corp. Focusing of microparticles in microfluidic systems
CA2374232C (en) 1999-06-11 2013-08-20 Aradigm Corporation Method for producing an aerosol
US20060169800A1 (en) 1999-06-11 2006-08-03 Aradigm Corporation Aerosol created by directed flow of fluids and devices and methods for producing same
US6296673B1 (en) 1999-06-18 2001-10-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and apparatus for performing array microcrystallizations
US6630006B2 (en) 1999-06-18 2003-10-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for screening microcrystallizations for crystal formation
US6210396B1 (en) 1999-06-24 2001-04-03 Medtronic, Inc. Guiding catheter with tungsten loaded band
EP2309130B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2016-08-10 California Institute of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US7195670B2 (en) 2000-06-27 2007-03-27 California Institute Of Technology High throughput screening of crystallization of materials
US6818395B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-11-16 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US6440706B1 (en) 1999-08-02 2002-08-27 Johns Hopkins University Digital amplification
US6524456B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2003-02-25 Ut-Battelle, Llc Microfluidic devices for the controlled manipulation of small volumes
WO2001014589A2 (en) 1999-08-20 2001-03-01 Luminex Corporation Liquid array technology
US7163801B2 (en) 1999-09-01 2007-01-16 The Burnham Institute Methods for determining the prognosis for cancer patients using tucan
US6439103B1 (en) 1999-09-07 2002-08-27 Vector Engineering Co. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinder construction
GB9921155D0 (en) 1999-09-08 1999-11-10 Medical Res Council Selection system
CN1232826C (en) 1999-09-10 2005-12-21 村松乔 Early cancer tumor marker
US6274320B1 (en) 1999-09-16 2001-08-14 Curagen Corporation Method of sequencing a nucleic acid
US20010050881A1 (en) 1999-09-20 2001-12-13 Depaoli David W. Continuous flow, electrohydrodynamic micromixing apparatus and methods
US6998232B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2006-02-14 Quark Biotech, Inc. Methods of diagnosing bladder cancer
US6890487B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2005-05-10 Science & Technology Corporation ©UNM Flow cytometry for high throughput screening
DE19947496C2 (en) 1999-10-01 2003-05-22 Agilent Technologies Inc Microfluidic microchip
US6506551B1 (en) 1999-10-08 2003-01-14 North Shore - Long Island Jewish Research Institute CD38 as a prognostic indicator in B cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia
PT1228208E (en) 1999-10-28 2010-10-12 Agensys Inc 36p6d5: secreted tumor antigen
US20020048777A1 (en) 1999-12-06 2002-04-25 Shujath Ali Method of diagnosing monitoring, staging, imaging and treating prostate cancer
DE19961257C2 (en) 1999-12-18 2002-12-19 Inst Mikrotechnik Mainz Gmbh micromixer
US7510707B2 (en) 1999-12-20 2009-03-31 New York University Mt. Sinai School Of Medicine PAR, a novel marker gene for breast and prostate cancers
DE59904983D1 (en) 1999-12-23 2003-05-15 Muehlbauer Ernst Gmbh & Co Kg Dynamic mixer for dental impression materials
WO2001051918A1 (en) 2000-01-12 2001-07-19 Ut-Battelle, Llc A microfluidic device and method for focusing, segmenting, and dispensing of a fluid stream
EP1259545A2 (en) 2000-01-21 2002-11-27 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Small cell lung cancer associated antigens and uses therefor
WO2001057523A1 (en) 2000-02-03 2001-08-09 Nanoscale Combinatorial Synthesis, Inc. Structure identification methods using mass measurements
US6355193B1 (en) 2000-03-01 2002-03-12 Gale Stott Method for making a faux stone concrete panel
GB2359765B (en) 2000-03-02 2003-03-05 Univ Newcastle Capillary reactor distribution device and method
US6758067B2 (en) 2000-03-10 2004-07-06 Universidad De Sevilla Methods for producing optical fiber by focusing high viscosity liquid
US7485454B1 (en) 2000-03-10 2009-02-03 Bioprocessors Corp. Microreactor
ITPR20000017A1 (en) 2000-03-15 2001-09-15 Lino Lanfranchi APPARATUS FOR THE CONTROL OF CONTAINERS, IN PARTICULAR PREFORMS
US20020012971A1 (en) 2000-03-20 2002-01-31 Mehta Tammy Burd PCR compatible nucleic acid sieving medium
US6565010B2 (en) 2000-03-24 2003-05-20 Praxair Technology, Inc. Hot gas atomization
EP2949762B1 (en) 2000-03-27 2018-05-09 Thomas Jefferson University Compositions for treating stomachal and oesophageal cancer cells
DE10015109A1 (en) 2000-03-28 2001-10-04 Peter Walzel Processes and devices for producing drops of equal size
EP1285106A2 (en) 2000-03-31 2003-02-26 Micronics, Inc. Protein crystallization in microfluidic structures
AU2001255458A1 (en) 2000-04-18 2001-10-30 Waters Investments Limited Improved electrospray and other lc/ms interfaces
CN1189159C (en) 2000-05-05 2005-02-16 欧莱雅 Micro-capsule contg. water soluble beauty-care activity component water nuclear, and composition contg. same
WO2001089675A2 (en) 2000-05-24 2001-11-29 Micronics, Inc. Jet vortex mixer
US6645432B1 (en) 2000-05-25 2003-11-11 President & Fellows Of Harvard College Microfluidic systems including three-dimensionally arrayed channel networks
US6686184B1 (en) 2000-05-25 2004-02-03 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Patterning of surfaces utilizing microfluidic stamps including three-dimensionally arrayed channel networks
US6777450B1 (en) 2000-05-26 2004-08-17 Color Access, Inc. Water-thin emulsions with low emulsifier levels
JP3939077B2 (en) 2000-05-30 2007-06-27 大日本スクリーン製造株式会社 Substrate cleaning device
WO2001094332A1 (en) 2000-06-02 2001-12-13 Regents Of The University Of California Profiling of protease specificity using combinatorial fluorogenic substrate libraries
US20060263888A1 (en) 2000-06-02 2006-11-23 Honeywell International Inc. Differential white blood count on a disposable card
US7049072B2 (en) 2000-06-05 2006-05-23 University Of South Florida Gene expression analysis of pluri-differentiated mesenchymal progenitor cells and methods for diagnosing a leukemic disease state
US7351376B1 (en) 2000-06-05 2008-04-01 California Institute Of Technology Integrated active flux microfluidic devices and methods
US6974667B2 (en) 2000-06-14 2005-12-13 Gene Logic, Inc. Gene expression profiles in liver cancer
US6592321B2 (en) 2000-08-03 2003-07-15 Demag Cranes & Components Gmbh Control and guiding device for manually operating a handling unit, and modular construction kit for making such devices of different configuration
US20040005582A1 (en) 2000-08-10 2004-01-08 Nanobiodynamics, Incorporated Biospecific desorption microflow systems and methods for studying biospecific interactions and their modulators
US6301055B1 (en) 2000-08-16 2001-10-09 California Institute Of Technology Solid immersion lens structures and methods for producing solid immersion lens structures
US6682890B2 (en) 2000-08-17 2004-01-27 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of diagnosing and determining prognosis of colorectal cancer
DE10041823C2 (en) 2000-08-25 2002-12-19 Inst Mikrotechnik Mainz Gmbh Method and static micromixer for mixing at least two fluids
US6610499B1 (en) 2000-08-31 2003-08-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Capillary array and related methods
US6739036B2 (en) 2000-09-13 2004-05-25 Fuji Machine Mfg., Co., Ltd. Electric-component mounting system
GB0022458D0 (en) 2000-09-13 2000-11-01 Medical Res Council Directed evolution method
EP2299256A3 (en) 2000-09-15 2012-10-10 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods
WO2002022885A1 (en) 2000-09-18 2002-03-21 Thomas Jefferson University Compositions and methods for identifying and targeting stomach and esophageal cancer cells
US6508988B1 (en) 2000-10-03 2003-01-21 California Institute Of Technology Combinatorial synthesis system
MXPA02005717A (en) 2000-10-10 2003-10-14 Diversa Corp High throughput or capillary-based screening for a bioactivity or biomolecule.
JP2004537712A (en) 2000-10-18 2004-12-16 バーチャル・アレイズ・インコーポレーテッド Multiple cell analysis system
US20020067800A1 (en) 2000-10-19 2002-06-06 Janet Newman Apparatus and method for identification of crystals by in-situ X-ray diffraction
JP3946430B2 (en) 2000-10-20 2007-07-18 株式会社日立製作所 Valve timing control device for internal combustion engine
EP1343973B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2020-09-16 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
KR100426453B1 (en) 2000-11-28 2004-04-13 김진우 Human cervical cancer 2 protooncogene and protein encoded by same, expression vector containing same, and cell transformed by said vector
US6778724B2 (en) 2000-11-28 2004-08-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Optical switching and sorting of biological samples and microparticles transported in a micro-fluidic device, including integrated bio-chip devices
AU2002236507A1 (en) 2000-11-29 2002-06-11 Cangen International Dap-kinase and hoxa9, two human genes associated with genesis, progression, and aggressiveness of non-small cell lung cancer
US20040096515A1 (en) 2001-12-07 2004-05-20 Bausch Andreas R. Methods and compositions for encapsulating active agents
EP1385488A2 (en) 2000-12-07 2004-02-04 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods and compositions for encapsulating active agents
JP4248238B2 (en) 2001-01-08 2009-04-02 プレジデント・アンド・フェローズ・オブ・ハーバード・カレッジ Valves and pumps for microfluidic systems and methods for making microfluidic systems
KR100475649B1 (en) 2001-01-29 2005-03-10 배석철 RUNX3 gene showing anti-tumor activity and use thereof
CA2435721A1 (en) 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 Kraft Foods Holdings, Inc. Production of capsules and particles for improvement of food products
EP1447127B1 (en) 2001-02-23 2007-07-04 Japan Science and Technology Agency Apparatus for producing emulsion
EP1741482B1 (en) 2001-02-23 2008-10-15 Japan Science and Technology Agency Process and apparatus for producing microcapsules
US6936264B2 (en) 2001-03-05 2005-08-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Delivery of reactive agents via multiple emulsions for use in shelf stable products
US7297518B2 (en) 2001-03-12 2007-11-20 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences by asynchronous base extension
US6717136B2 (en) 2001-03-19 2004-04-06 Gyros Ab Microfludic system (EDI)
US7010391B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2006-03-07 Handylab, Inc. Methods and systems for control of microfluidic devices
US20030064414A1 (en) 2001-03-30 2003-04-03 Benecky Michael J. Rapid assessment of coagulation activity in whole blood
US6752922B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2004-06-22 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic chromatography
EP1384022A4 (en) 2001-04-06 2004-08-04 California Inst Of Techn Nucleic acid amplification utilizing microfluidic devices
US7318642B2 (en) 2001-04-10 2008-01-15 Essilor International (Compagnie Générale d'Optique) Progressive addition lenses with reduced unwanted astigmatism
EP1392814B1 (en) 2001-04-25 2007-06-13 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Devices and methods for pharmacokinetic-based cell culture system
US20020164271A1 (en) 2001-05-02 2002-11-07 Ho Winston Z. Wavelength-coded bead for bioassay and signature recogniton
US7320027B1 (en) 2001-05-14 2008-01-15 At&T Corp. System having generalized client-server computing
JP3570714B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2004-09-29 株式会社リコー Developer container and image forming apparatus
AU2002339871A1 (en) 2001-05-24 2002-12-03 New Objective, Inc. Method and apparatus for feedback controlled electrospray
AU2002314820B2 (en) 2001-05-26 2008-01-24 One Cell Systems, Inc. Secretion of Molecules by Encapsulated Cells
EP1262545A1 (en) 2001-05-31 2002-12-04 Direvo Biotech AG Microstructures and the use thereof in the targeted evolution of biomolecules
US6797056B2 (en) 2001-06-08 2004-09-28 Syrrx, Inc. Microfluidic method employing delivery of plural different fluids to same lumen
US6719840B2 (en) 2001-06-08 2004-04-13 Syrrx, Inc. In situ crystal growth and crystallization
GB0114856D0 (en) 2001-06-18 2001-08-08 Medical Res Council Selection by avidity capture
ATE503023T1 (en) 2001-06-18 2011-04-15 Rosetta Inpharmatics Llc DIAGNOSIS AND PROGNOSIS OF BREAST CANCER PATIENTS
GB0114854D0 (en) 2001-06-18 2001-08-08 Medical Res Council Selective gene amplification
US7171311B2 (en) 2001-06-18 2007-01-30 Rosetta Inpharmatics Llc Methods of assigning treatment to breast cancer patients
US20030015425A1 (en) 2001-06-20 2003-01-23 Coventor Inc. Microfluidic system including a virtual wall fluid interface port for interfacing fluids with the microfluidic system
EP1410031A2 (en) 2001-06-28 2004-04-21 ADVANCED RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY INSTITUTE, Inc. Methods of preparing multicolor quantum dot tagged beads and conjugates thereof
US6553944B1 (en) 2001-07-03 2003-04-29 Virginia A. Allen Wrist worn leash retaining device
US6656267B2 (en) 2001-07-10 2003-12-02 Structural Genomix, Inc. Tray for macromolecule crystallization and method of using the same
WO2003006948A2 (en) 2001-07-10 2003-01-23 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Surface plasmon resonance imaging of micro-arrays
CA2353030A1 (en) 2001-07-13 2003-01-13 Willem Jager Caster mounted reel mower
WO2003008649A1 (en) 2001-07-20 2003-01-30 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions relating to hpv-associated pre-cancerous and cancerous growths, including cin
US6766817B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2004-07-27 Tubarc Technologies, Llc Fluid conduction utilizing a reversible unsaturated siphon with tubarc porosity action
EP1412065A2 (en) 2001-07-27 2004-04-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Laminar mixing apparatus and methods
US7700293B2 (en) 2001-08-02 2010-04-20 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Expression profile of prostate cancer
JP2005503145A (en) 2001-08-16 2005-02-03 ザ ユナイテッド ステイツ オブ アメリカ リプレゼンティッド バイ ザ シークレタリー デパートメント オブ ヘルス アンド ヒューマン サービシーズ Molecular characteristics of non-small cell lung cancer
WO2003015890A1 (en) 2001-08-20 2003-02-27 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Fluidic arrays and method of using
US6520425B1 (en) 2001-08-21 2003-02-18 The University Of Akron Process and apparatus for the production of nanofibers
US7078180B2 (en) 2001-09-05 2006-07-18 The Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia Methods and compositions useful for diagnosis, staging, and treatment of cancers and tumors
US7390463B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2008-06-24 Corning Incorporated Microcolumn-based, high-throughput microfluidic device
DE10145568A1 (en) 2001-09-14 2003-04-03 Knoell Hans Forschung Ev Process for the cultivation and analysis of microbial single cell cultures
US6429148B1 (en) 2001-10-09 2002-08-06 Promos Technologies, Inc. Anisotropic formation process of oxide layers for vertical transistors
US6670142B2 (en) 2001-10-26 2003-12-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for screening combinatorial bead library, capturing cells from body fluids, and ligands for cancer cells
US20040076966A1 (en) 2001-10-30 2004-04-22 J. Brian Windsor Method and system for the co-isolation of cognate DNA, RNA and protein sequences and method for screening co-isolates for defined activities
US6464336B1 (en) 2001-10-31 2002-10-15 Eastman Kodak Company Ink jet printing with color-balanced ink drops mixed using bleached ink
US7308364B2 (en) 2001-11-07 2007-12-11 The University Of Arkansas For Medical Sciences Diagnosis of multiple myeloma on gene expression profiling
US7371736B2 (en) 2001-11-07 2008-05-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Gene expression profiling based identification of DKK1 as a potential therapeutic targets for controlling bone loss
GB0127564D0 (en) 2001-11-16 2002-01-09 Medical Res Council Emulsion compositions
DE60226271T2 (en) 2001-11-16 2009-07-16 The Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine METHOD FOR DETECTING PROSTATE CANCER
ES2403560T3 (en) 2001-11-30 2013-05-20 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic device and procedures for its use
US7057026B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2006-06-06 Solexa Limited Labelled nucleotides
US6800849B2 (en) 2001-12-19 2004-10-05 Sau Lan Tang Staats Microfluidic array devices and methods of manufacture and uses thereof
US6949342B2 (en) 2001-12-21 2005-09-27 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Prostate cancer diagnosis and outcome prediction by expression analysis
US20030198972A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-10-23 Erlander Mark G. Grading of breast cancer
US20030144260A1 (en) 2002-01-03 2003-07-31 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Heterocyclic compounds, method of developing new drug leads and combinatorial libraries used in such method
ATE392262T1 (en) 2002-02-04 2008-05-15 Univ Sevilla DEVICE FOR GENERATING CAPILLARY BEAMS AND MICRO AND NANOMETER PARTICLES
AU2003212954A1 (en) 2002-02-08 2003-09-02 Integriderm, Inc. Skin cell biomarkers and methods for identifying biomarkers using nucleic acid microarrays
US7101467B2 (en) 2002-03-05 2006-09-05 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Mixed mode microfluidic systems
JP4417116B2 (en) 2002-03-05 2010-02-17 カリパー・ライフ・サイエンシズ・インク. Mixed microfluidic system
EP2261368A1 (en) 2002-03-13 2010-12-15 Genomic Health, Inc. Gene expression profiling in biopsied tumor tissues
ATE397096T1 (en) 2002-03-20 2008-06-15 Innovativebio Biz CONTROLLED PERMEABILITY MICROCapsules CONTAINING A NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION REACTION MIXTURE AND THEIR USE AS A REACTION VESSEL FOR PARALLEL REACTIONS
US7348142B2 (en) 2002-03-29 2008-03-25 Veridex, Lcc Cancer diagnostic panel
US7147763B2 (en) 2002-04-01 2006-12-12 Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated Apparatus and method for using electrostatic force to cause fluid movement
GB0207533D0 (en) 2002-04-02 2002-05-08 Oxford Glycosciences Uk Ltd Protein
EP1496360A4 (en) 2002-04-09 2007-06-27 Univ Tokai Method of judging leukemia, pre-leukemia or aleukemic malignant blood disease and diagnostic therefor
US6976590B2 (en) 2002-06-24 2005-12-20 Cytonome, Inc. Method and apparatus for sorting particles
US7901939B2 (en) 2002-05-09 2011-03-08 University Of Chicago Method for performing crystallization and reactions in pressure-driven fluid plugs
EP2278338B1 (en) 2002-05-09 2020-08-26 The University of Chicago Device and method for pressure-driven plug transport and reaction
AU2003233595A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2003-12-12 Dow Corning Corporation Peptide derivatives, and their use for the synthesis of silicon-based composite materials
US20040018525A1 (en) 2002-05-21 2004-01-29 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Methods and compositions for the prediction, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and treatment of malignant neoplasma
WO2003101401A2 (en) 2002-06-03 2003-12-11 Chiron Corporation Use of nrg4, or inhibitors thereof, in the treatment of colon and pancreatic cancer
JP3883060B2 (en) 2002-06-17 2007-02-21 株式会社リガク Crystal evaluation equipment
JP2006507921A (en) 2002-06-28 2006-03-09 プレジデント・アンド・フェロウズ・オブ・ハーバード・カレッジ Method and apparatus for fluid dispersion
US7150412B2 (en) 2002-08-06 2006-12-19 Clean Earth Technologies Llc Method and apparatus for electrostatic spray
DK3363809T3 (en) 2002-08-23 2020-05-04 Illumina Cambridge Ltd MODIFIED NUCLEOTIDES FOR POLYNUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE
GB0221053D0 (en) 2002-09-11 2002-10-23 Medical Res Council Single-molecule in vitro evolution
US7078681B2 (en) 2002-09-18 2006-07-18 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Multimode ionization source
US6966990B2 (en) 2002-10-11 2005-11-22 Ferro Corporation Composite particles and method for preparing
US20040136497A1 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-07-15 Meldrum Deirdre R Preparation of samples and sample evaluation
AU2003283663A1 (en) 2002-11-01 2004-05-25 Cellectricon Ab Computer programs,workstations, systems and methods for microfluidic substrates in cell
GB2395196B (en) 2002-11-14 2006-12-27 Univ Cardiff Microfluidic device and methods for construction and application
DE10254601A1 (en) 2002-11-22 2004-06-03 Ganymed Pharmaceuticals Ag Gene products differentially expressed in tumors and their use
US20040101822A1 (en) 2002-11-26 2004-05-27 Ulrich Wiesner Fluorescent silica-based nanoparticles
EP1739185A1 (en) 2002-12-18 2007-01-03 Ciphergen Biosystems, Inc. Serum biomarkers in lung cancer
JP4457017B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2010-04-28 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Asthma and allergic inflammation modulators
CA2510166A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-09-30 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Single molecule amplification and detection of dna
EP2404676A1 (en) 2002-12-30 2012-01-11 The Regents of the University of California Microfluidic Control Structures
JP2007525410A (en) 2003-01-17 2007-09-06 ザ リサーチ ファンデーション オブ ステイト ユニバーシティ オブ ニューヨーク Antigen related to pancreatic cancer, antibody against them, diagnostic method and treatment method
US6832787B1 (en) 2003-01-24 2004-12-21 Sandia National Laboratories Edge compression manifold apparatus
EP1603514A4 (en) 2003-01-24 2007-08-22 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp Expression profiles for colon cancer and methods of use
DE602004036672C5 (en) 2003-01-29 2012-11-29 454 Life Sciences Corporation Nucleic acid amplification based on bead emulsion
US7595195B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2009-09-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfluidic devices for controlled viscous shearing and formation of amphiphilic vesicles
US7361474B2 (en) 2003-02-24 2008-04-22 United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Veterans Affairs Serum macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) as marker for prostate cancer
EP1605817A2 (en) 2003-02-25 2005-12-21 Inlight Solutions, Inc. DETERMINATION OF pH INCLUDING HEMOGLOBIN CORRECTION
WO2004078923A2 (en) 2003-02-28 2004-09-16 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyk2 crystal structure and uses
US7041481B2 (en) 2003-03-14 2006-05-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Chemical amplification based on fluid partitioning
US7045040B2 (en) 2003-03-20 2006-05-16 Asm Nutool, Inc. Process and system for eliminating gas bubbles during electrochemical processing
GB0307428D0 (en) 2003-03-31 2003-05-07 Medical Res Council Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry
GB0307403D0 (en) 2003-03-31 2003-05-07 Medical Res Council Selection by compartmentalised screening
US20060078893A1 (en) 2004-10-12 2006-04-13 Medical Research Council Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
US6926313B1 (en) 2003-04-02 2005-08-09 Sandia National Laboratories High pressure capillary connector
EP2266687A3 (en) 2003-04-10 2011-06-29 The President and Fellows of Harvard College Formation and control of fluidic species
US7378233B2 (en) 2003-04-12 2008-05-27 The Johns Hopkins University BRAF mutation T1796A in thyroid cancers
US7449303B2 (en) 2003-05-02 2008-11-11 Health Research, Inc. Use of JAG2 expression in diagnosis of plasma cell disorders
US20050095611A1 (en) 2003-05-02 2005-05-05 Chan Daniel W. Identification of biomarkers for detecting pancreatic cancer
US7262059B2 (en) 2003-05-06 2007-08-28 Thrombodyne, Inc. Systems and methods for measuring fluid properties
WO2004102204A1 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-11-25 Global Technologies (Nz) Ltd Method and apparatus for mixing sample and reagent in a suspension fluid
DE112004001376D2 (en) 2003-05-19 2006-04-13 Knoell Hans Forschung Ev Apparatus and method for structuring liquids and for metering reaction liquids to liquid compartments embedded in separation medium
JP4466991B2 (en) 2003-05-22 2010-05-26 英明 森山 Crystal growth apparatus and method
US7544506B2 (en) 2003-06-06 2009-06-09 Micronics, Inc. System and method for heating, cooling and heat cycling on microfluidic device
EP1636588A2 (en) 2003-06-12 2006-03-22 University of Manitoba Methods for detecting cancer and monitoring cancer progression
ES2787475T3 (en) 2003-06-24 2020-10-16 Genomic Health Inc Prediction of probability of cancer recurrence
US7115230B2 (en) 2003-06-26 2006-10-03 Intel Corporation Hydrodynamic focusing devices
EP1636379A2 (en) 2003-06-26 2006-03-22 Exonhit Therapeutics S.A. Prostate specific genes and the use thereof as targets for prostate cancer therapy and diagnosis
AU2003903296A0 (en) 2003-06-30 2003-07-10 Raustech Pty Ltd Chemical compositions of matter
GB0315438D0 (en) 2003-07-02 2003-08-06 Univ Manchester Analysis of mixed cell populations
NZ544977A (en) 2003-07-17 2009-07-31 Pacific Edge Biotechnology Ltd Cystatin SN ("CST1") as a marker for detection of gastric cancer
WO2005008248A2 (en) 2003-07-18 2005-01-27 Georgetown University Diagnosis and treatment of cervical cancer
US20050014165A1 (en) 2003-07-18 2005-01-20 California Pacific Medical Center Biomarker panel for colorectal cancer
US20050032238A1 (en) 2003-08-07 2005-02-10 Nanostream, Inc. Vented microfluidic separation devices and methods
US7473531B1 (en) 2003-08-08 2009-01-06 Colora Corporation Pancreatic cancer targets and uses thereof
JP4630870B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2011-02-09 プレジデント アンド フェロウズ オブ ハーバード カレッジ Electronic control of fluid species
JP4533382B2 (en) 2003-08-28 2010-09-01 セルラ・インコーポレイテッド Integrated structure for microfluidic analysis and sorting
CA2537955A1 (en) 2003-09-05 2005-03-17 Royal Women's Hospital Diagnostic marker for ovarian cancer
CA2536949A1 (en) 2003-09-08 2005-03-24 Health Research, Inc. Detection of 13q14 chromosomal alterations
US7504214B2 (en) 2003-09-19 2009-03-17 Biotheranostics, Inc. Predicting outcome with tamoxifen in breast cancer
US20060269971A1 (en) 2003-09-26 2006-11-30 Mount Sinai Hospital Methods for detecting prostate cancer
US7332280B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2008-02-19 Ronald Levy Classification of patients having diffuse large B-cell lymphoma based upon gene expression
US7204431B2 (en) 2003-10-31 2007-04-17 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Electrospray ion source for mass spectroscopy
GB0325653D0 (en) 2003-11-03 2003-12-10 Medical Res Council CST emulsions
EP1697497A4 (en) 2003-11-03 2008-04-23 Gene News Inc Liver cancer biomarkers
US7169560B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2007-01-30 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Short cycle methods for sequencing polynucleotides
EP1691792A4 (en) 2003-11-24 2008-05-28 Yeda Res & Dev Compositions and methods for in vitro sorting of molecular and cellular libraries
AU2004312893B2 (en) 2003-12-31 2010-06-17 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assay device and method
US7569662B2 (en) 2004-01-27 2009-08-04 Compugen Ltd Nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and assays and methods of use thereof for diagnosis of lung cancer
US7368548B2 (en) 2004-01-27 2008-05-06 Compugen Ltd. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and assays and methods of use thereof for diagnosis of prostate cancer
ES2432040T3 (en) 2004-01-28 2013-11-29 454 Life Sciences Corporation Nucleic acid amplification with continuous flow emulsion
US20050186215A1 (en) 2004-02-04 2005-08-25 Kwok Tim T. CUDR as biomarker for cancer progression and therapeutic response
US20060195266A1 (en) 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 Yeatman Timothy J Methods for predicting cancer outcome and gene signatures for use therein
US7507532B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2009-03-24 Medigen Biotechnology Corporation Cancer specific gene MH15
TW200600785A (en) 2004-03-23 2006-01-01 Oncotherapy Science Inc Method for diagnosing non-small cell lung cancer
KR20080075045A (en) 2004-03-24 2008-08-13 트리패스 이미징, 인코포레이티드 Methods and compositions for the detection of cervical disease
US20050221339A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-06 Medical Research Council Harvard University Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
JP2007533798A (en) 2004-04-23 2007-11-22 クマチェヴァ、ユージニア Method for producing polymer particles having specific particle size, shape, form and composition
WO2005108623A2 (en) 2004-05-04 2005-11-17 Bayer Healthcare Mn/ca ix/ ca9 and renal cancer prognosis
ATE507305T1 (en) 2004-05-25 2011-05-15 Helicos Biosciences Corp METHOD FOR NUCLEIC ACID IMMOBILIZATION
WO2005118138A1 (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-15 Crystal Vision Microsystems Llc Device and process for continuous on-chip flow injection analysis
US20070154889A1 (en) 2004-06-25 2007-07-05 Veridex, Llc Methods and reagents for the detection of melanoma
US7655470B2 (en) 2004-10-29 2010-02-02 University Of Chicago Method for manipulating a plurality of plugs and performing reactions therein in microfluidic systems
US9477233B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2016-10-25 The University Of Chicago Microfluidic system with a plurality of sequential T-junctions for performing reactions in microdroplets
EP1796828A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2007-06-20 VersaMatrix A/S Spherical radiofrequency-encoded beads
AU2005265309A1 (en) 2004-07-09 2006-01-26 Tripath Imaging, Inc. Methods and compositions for the detection of ovarian cancer
US7670792B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-03-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Biomarkers for early detection of ovarian cancer
EP1769087B1 (en) 2004-07-16 2008-09-10 Oncomethylome Sciences SA Esr1 and cervical cancer
US7759111B2 (en) 2004-08-27 2010-07-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Cell encapsulation microfluidic device
CN101052468B (en) 2004-09-09 2012-02-01 居里研究所 Microfluidic device using a collinear electric field
US7698287B2 (en) 2004-09-30 2010-04-13 Microsoft Corporation Design of spreadsheet functions for working with tables of data
WO2006035773A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2006-04-06 Ngk Insulators, Ltd. Liquid drop discharge piezoelectric device
US7968287B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2011-06-28 Medical Research Council Harvard University In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
WO2006052823A2 (en) 2004-11-05 2006-05-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Biomarkers for prostate cancer metastasis
US20130071836A9 (en) 2004-11-08 2013-03-21 Sungwhan An Colon cancer biomarker discovery
US7416851B2 (en) 2004-11-08 2008-08-26 Institut Pasteur Method of diagnosis/prognosis of human chronic lymphocytic leukemia comprising the profiling of LPL/ADAM genes
JP2008521412A (en) 2004-11-30 2008-06-26 ベリデックス・エルエルシー Lung cancer prognosis judging means
US20060160762A1 (en) 2004-12-13 2006-07-20 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods for the treatment, diagnosis, and prognosis of cancer
US8299216B2 (en) 2005-01-07 2012-10-30 The Johns Hopkins University Biomarkers for melanoma
WO2006078841A1 (en) 2005-01-21 2006-07-27 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for forming fluidic droplets encapsulated in particles such as colloidal particles
US7442507B2 (en) 2005-01-24 2008-10-28 New York University School Of Medicine Methods for detecting circulating mutant BRAF DNA
CN101268368A (en) 2005-01-28 2008-09-17 儿童医疗中心有限公司 Methods for diagnosis and prognosis of epithelial cancers
US7393665B2 (en) 2005-02-10 2008-07-01 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd Methods and compositions for tagging and identifying polynucleotides
WO2006089125A2 (en) 2005-02-16 2006-08-24 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Methods of detecting ovarian cancer
CN101120016A (en) 2005-02-17 2008-02-06 儿童医疗中心有限公司 ADAMTS-7 as biomarker for epithelial-derived cancers
EP1849002A4 (en) 2005-02-18 2008-08-20 Childrens Medical Center Cyr61 as a biomarker for diagnosis and prognosis of cancers of epithelial origin
WO2006091776A2 (en) 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Biomarkers for predicting prostate cancer progression
US20070054119A1 (en) 2005-03-04 2007-03-08 Piotr Garstecki Systems and methods of forming particles
EP2248578B1 (en) 2005-03-04 2012-06-06 President and Fellows of Harvard College Method for forming multiple emulsions
AU2006223374B2 (en) 2005-03-11 2011-07-21 Aspira Women’s Health Inc. Biomarkers for ovarian cancer and endometrial cancer: hepcidin
FR2882939B1 (en) 2005-03-11 2007-06-08 Centre Nat Rech Scient FLUIDIC SEPARATION DEVICE
US7468271B2 (en) 2005-04-06 2008-12-23 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Molecular characterization with carbon nanotube control
US7473530B2 (en) 2005-05-04 2009-01-06 Wayne State University Method to detect lung cancer
JP2008539787A (en) 2005-05-18 2008-11-20 コーネル・リサーチ・ファンデーション・インコーポレイテッド Pharmacokinetic-based culture system with biological barrier
WO2007011867A2 (en) 2005-07-15 2007-01-25 Applera Corporation Fluid processing device and method
GB0514936D0 (en) 2005-07-20 2005-08-24 Solexa Ltd Preparation of templates for nucleic acid sequencing
US7632562B2 (en) 2005-08-04 2009-12-15 Eastman Kodak Company Universal print media
US7666593B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-02-23 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Single molecule sequencing of captured nucleic acids
US7556776B2 (en) 2005-09-08 2009-07-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Microfluidic manipulation of fluids and reactions
US8734003B2 (en) 2005-09-15 2014-05-27 Alcatel Lucent Micro-chemical mixing
WO2007056012A2 (en) 2005-11-02 2007-05-18 Bayer Healthcare Llc Methods for prediction and prognosis of cancer, and monitoring cancer therapy
US7358231B1 (en) 2005-12-01 2008-04-15 Applera Corporation Pancreatic cancer secreted targets and uses thereof
WO2007067946A2 (en) 2005-12-07 2007-06-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Diagnosis and treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia (cll)
ES2277785B1 (en) 2005-12-21 2008-06-16 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. METHOD OF DIFFERENTIAL EXPRESSION ANALYSIS IN COLORECTAL CANCER.
CA2629071A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-06-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Method of assessing colorectal cancer by measuring hemoglobin and m2-pk in a stool sample
JP2009536313A (en) 2006-01-11 2009-10-08 レインダンス テクノロジーズ, インコーポレイテッド Microfluidic devices and methods for use in nanoreactor formation and control
EP1987162A4 (en) 2006-01-23 2009-11-25 Population Genetics Technologi Nucleic acid analysis using sequence tokens
WO2007087312A2 (en) 2006-01-23 2007-08-02 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. Molecular counting
US20070212721A1 (en) 2006-01-27 2007-09-13 Tripath Imaging, Inc. Methods for identifying patients with an increased likelihood of having ovarian cancer and compositions therefor
EP2004316B8 (en) 2006-01-27 2011-04-13 President and Fellows of Harvard College Fluidic droplet coalescence
ES2595373T3 (en) 2006-02-02 2016-12-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Non-invasive genetic test by digital analysis
EP1996940B1 (en) 2006-02-09 2011-12-21 University of South Florida Detection of cancer by elevated levels of bcl-2
US20070292869A1 (en) 2006-03-02 2007-12-20 Ppd Biomarker Discovery Sciences, Llc Compositions and Methods for Analyzing Renal Cancer
US20080058432A1 (en) 2006-03-03 2008-03-06 Yixin Wang Molecular assay to predict recurrence of Duke's B colon cancer
CN101454331A (en) 2006-03-24 2009-06-10 菲诺梅诺米发现公司 Biomarkers useful for diagnosing prostate cancer, and methods thereof
CA2648149A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-11-01 Solexa, Inc. Systems and devices for sequence by synthesis analysis
WO2007114794A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-11 Nam Trung Nguyen Active control for droplet-based microfluidics
US7282337B1 (en) 2006-04-14 2007-10-16 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods for increasing accuracy of nucleic acid sequencing
US7901947B2 (en) 2006-04-18 2011-03-08 Advanced Liquid Logic, Inc. Droplet-based particle sorting
US7702468B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2010-04-20 Population Diagnostics, Inc. Evaluating genetic disorders
US20070259368A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Genomictree, Inc. Gastric cancer biomarker discovery
US20080014589A1 (en) * 2006-05-11 2008-01-17 Link Darren R Microfluidic devices and methods of use thereof
USRE49362E1 (en) 2006-05-18 2023-01-10 Illumina Cambridge Limited Dye compounds and the use of their labelled conjugates
EP2021515A4 (en) 2006-05-26 2010-06-02 Meltzer Stephen J Methylated promoters as biomarkers of colon cancer
FR2901717A1 (en) 2006-05-30 2007-12-07 Centre Nat Rech Scient METHOD FOR TREATING DROPS IN A MICROFLUIDIC CIRCUIT
KR100813169B1 (en) 2006-07-21 2008-03-17 삼성전자주식회사 Optical sensor module having tilt and body fat measurement appratus of having the optical sensor module
US20080020940A1 (en) 2006-07-24 2008-01-24 Miraculins Inc. Biomarkers for use in the diagnosis and treatment of colorectal cancer
US9012390B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2015-04-21 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants
US20080050723A1 (en) 2006-08-23 2008-02-28 Nabil Belacel Molecular method for diagnosis of colon cancer
US7811778B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2010-10-12 Vanderbilt University Methods of screening for gastrointestinal cancer
DE102006042040B4 (en) 2006-09-07 2013-04-18 Siemens Audiologische Technik Gmbh A method of adapting a hearing aid using a genetic feature and arrangement for performing the method
US20080081330A1 (en) 2006-09-28 2008-04-03 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Method and devices for analyzing small RNA molecules
EP2518163B1 (en) 2006-10-10 2014-08-06 The Henry M. Jackson Foundation for the Advancement of Military Medicine, Inc. Prostate cancer specific alterations in erg gene expression and detection methods based on those alterations
TWM319361U (en) 2006-10-20 2007-09-21 Tai Sol Electronics Co Ltd Flexible heat pipe
WO2008058384A1 (en) 2006-11-15 2008-05-22 University Health Network Materials and methods for prognosing lung cancer survival
WO2008073290A1 (en) 2006-12-08 2008-06-19 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Tp53 gene expression and uses thereof
TW200825414A (en) 2006-12-08 2008-06-16 Univ Nat Taiwan Biomarker molecule of gastrointestinal disease and measurement method thereof
US8262900B2 (en) 2006-12-14 2012-09-11 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays
US8349167B2 (en) 2006-12-14 2013-01-08 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for detecting molecular interactions using FET arrays
EP2653861B1 (en) 2006-12-14 2014-08-13 Life Technologies Corporation Method for sequencing a nucleic acid using large-scale FET arrays
US20080171078A1 (en) 2007-01-12 2008-07-17 Mark Gray Uniformly sized liposomes
US7807393B2 (en) 2007-01-29 2010-10-05 Northwestern University Biomarkers for prostate cancer
US20090075262A1 (en) 2007-02-02 2009-03-19 Orion Genomics Llc Gene Methylation In Endometrial Cancer Diagnosis
US8772046B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2014-07-08 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US9029085B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-05-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
CA2680549A1 (en) 2007-03-12 2008-09-18 Alan D. D'andrea Prognostic, diagnostic, and cancer therapeutic uses of fanci and fanci modulating agents
US8557588B2 (en) * 2007-03-27 2013-10-15 Schlumberger Technology Corporation Methods and apparatus for sampling and diluting concentrated emulsions
WO2008121342A2 (en) 2007-03-28 2008-10-09 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Emulsions and techniques for formation
US20090062144A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2009-03-05 Nancy Lan Guo Gene signature for prognosis and diagnosis of lung cancer
US8592221B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2013-11-26 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
EP2363505A3 (en) 2007-05-04 2011-12-21 Dermtech International Diagnosis of melanoma by nucleic acid analysis
US7901888B2 (en) 2007-05-09 2011-03-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Multigene diagnostic assay for malignant thyroid neoplasm
US20090029372A1 (en) 2007-05-14 2009-01-29 Kobenhavns Universitet Adam12 as a biomarker for bladder cancer
US7820386B2 (en) 2007-06-15 2010-10-26 National Defense Medical Center Cancer screening method
EP2175999B1 (en) 2007-06-21 2017-01-04 Gen-Probe Incorporated Receptacles for use in performing processes
MY150234A (en) 2007-06-29 2013-12-31 Ahn Gook Pharmaceutical Company Ltd Predictive markers for ovarian cancer
US20090017463A1 (en) 2007-07-10 2009-01-15 Vanderbilt University Methods for predicting prostate cancer recurrence
US20090068170A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-03-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Droplet-based selection
EP2167633A4 (en) 2007-07-16 2014-12-24 California Inst Of Techn Microfluidic devices, methods and systems for detecting target molecules
JP5547071B2 (en) 2007-08-09 2014-07-09 セルラ・インコーポレイテッド Method and apparatus for associating multi-parameter single cell measurements and recovery of residual biological material
WO2009029229A2 (en) 2007-08-24 2009-03-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Ferrofluid emulsions, particles, and systems and methods for making and using the same
US20090087849A1 (en) 2007-09-06 2009-04-02 Tripath Imaging, Inc. Nucleic acid-based methods and compositions for the detection of ovarian cancer
WO2009049214A2 (en) 2007-10-12 2009-04-16 Northwestern University Inhibition and treatment of prostate cancer metastasis
US20090246788A1 (en) 2008-04-01 2009-10-01 Roche Nimblegen, Inc. Methods and Assays for Capture of Nucleic Acids
WO2009134395A2 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-11-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Microfluidic device for storage and well-defined arrangement of droplets
US20100075436A1 (en) 2008-05-06 2010-03-25 Urdea Michael S Methods for use with nanoreactors
CA2729255A1 (en) 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Microfluidic droplets for metabolic engineering and other applications
US7888034B2 (en) 2008-07-01 2011-02-15 454 Life Sciences Corporation System and method for detection of HIV tropism variants
US20110275063A1 (en) 2008-07-11 2011-11-10 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods of droplet-based selection
FR2934050B1 (en) 2008-07-15 2016-01-29 Univ Paris Curie METHOD AND DEVICE FOR READING EMULSION
WO2010009365A1 (en) 2008-07-18 2010-01-21 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Droplet libraries
US20100035252A1 (en) 2008-08-08 2010-02-11 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods for sequencing individual nucleic acids under tension
WO2010040006A1 (en) 2008-10-02 2010-04-08 Blomberg Jerome O Curbless multiple skylight system and smoke vent system
US20100301398A1 (en) 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
US20100137143A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-06-03 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
US8546128B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2013-10-01 Life Technologies Corporation Fluidics system for sequential delivery of reagents
US20110301042A1 (en) 2008-11-11 2011-12-08 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods of sample encoding for multiplex analysis of samples by single molecule sequencing
EP3150724A1 (en) 2008-12-19 2017-04-05 President and Fellows of Harvard College Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing
US8528589B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2013-09-10 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulation of microfluidic droplets
US8574835B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2013-11-05 Life Technologies Corporation Scaffolded nucleic acid polymer particles and methods of making and using
US8673627B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2014-03-18 Life Technologies Corporation Apparatus and methods for performing electrochemical reactions
EP2446278B1 (en) 2009-06-26 2021-11-17 President and Fellows of Harvard College Fluid injection
WO2011042564A1 (en) 2009-10-09 2011-04-14 Universite De Strasbourg Labelled silica-based nanomaterial with enhanced properties and uses thereof
US10837883B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2020-11-17 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
WO2011100604A2 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Frenz et al. (Langmuir 2008, 24, 12073-12076). (Year: 2008) *
Mazutis 2009 SUPP (Year: 2009) *
Mazutis et al. (Lab on a Chip 9.18 (2009): 2665-2672). (Year: 2009) *
Xu et al. (Langmuir 22.19 (2006): 7943-7946) (Year: 2006) *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2517025A4 (en) 2016-04-20
WO2011079176A3 (en) 2011-11-10
WO2011079176A2 (en) 2011-06-30
US10837883B2 (en) 2020-11-17
EP2517025A2 (en) 2012-10-31
EP2517025B1 (en) 2019-11-27
US20210088424A1 (en) 2021-03-25
US20130109575A1 (en) 2013-05-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230026713A1 (en) Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US11511242B2 (en) Droplet libraries
US11187702B2 (en) Enzyme quantification
US20200360876A1 (en) Microfluidic devices
US12038438B2 (en) Enzyme quantification
US20130217583A1 (en) Microfluidic devices and methods of use in the formation and control of nanoreactors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: BIO-RAD LABORATORIES, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:RAINDANCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.;REEL/FRAME:063476/0543

Effective date: 20190503

Owner name: RAINDANCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BROUZES, ERIC;LINK, DARREN R.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20151027 TO 20151030;REEL/FRAME:063476/0476

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION